Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
P4/P2 U
9 Det
9.1 P4/P
9.1.1 Tra
The P4/P2 pindependeninterfaces aother. The ‘their nature All SHDSL inwhich are ueach SHDSLthat they do An SHDSL cstreams, Nxreceived by
9.1.2 Ma
To establishSlave. In thi
9.1.3 Mu
If 2, 3 or 4 Sfrequency aSimilarly to E1 streams transmitted In multipairas “slave” cof connectio The four‐chwill operateof the transsome limita
Mo
Master/SlaFixed Confi
Master Auto‐detec
Slave Auto‐detec
User Guid
tailed Te
P2 – Tra
ansmissio
products feantly of comband groups o‘multipair’ me have an im
nterfaces supused to clock L link. The cloo not operat
hannel workx64 or RS‐23y one SHDSL
aster/Slave
h a connectiois case, the c
ultipair Mo
SHDSL channand line rate the indepenand one WAd over one SH
r mode, one hannels. If thon/activatio
hannel modee independensmission rangations are im
ode
ave iguration
ction
ction
de
chnical D
nsmissio
on (SHDSL
ture 2 or 4 ‘Sined to operof SHDSL intemode, the respact on the
pport plesioc data transmock frequencte in the mul
king in the in2/485 data ainterface sho
e
on, it is nececonnection w
ode
nels are confilike one SHD
ndent channeAN stream. THDSL interfa
SHDSL channhe link in onen restarts.
ms provide antly from eage. In this caposed on th
Coding Ty
PAM16
PAM32
PAM16
PAM32
Auto (PAM16
Table 9.1 L
Descript
on Param
L) Interfac
SHDSL’ transrate in a ‘muerfaces (in ‘mservation moindependent
chronous datmission, are tcies of differetipair mode.
dependent mand one WANould use the
ssary that onwill be contro
igured to opDSL channel el, such a comhis transmissce should us
nel serves ase channel fa
a possibility tch other. Thse, some chae Baserate p
ype Basera
3..60
12..89
Auto (3
Auto (1
6/32) Auto (3
Line settings
tion
meters in
ce
smission inteltipair’ mode
multipair’ moode and the at channel wo
ta transmissitransmitted tent SHDSL ch.
mode can simN stream. E1 same clock
ne transceiveolled by the M
erate in the with doublembined chansion is also pse the same c
s a “master” ils, links in a
to organize pe main appliannels operaparameter.
ate Range
Bai.e
3..60)
12..89)
3..89)
s per SHDS
n Detail
erfaces. The ie. Corresponde) can be cautomatic coorking.
ion. It meanstogether withannels are c
multaneously1 transmissiofrequency in
er side is conMaster devic
multipair mod, tripled or nnel can simplesiochronoclock freque
channel, whll other chan
pair‐wise chaication for thate at low tra
TransmissiData Rate
aserate* 64 kb. in 64kbs mu
SL interface
interfaces cadingly, indeponfigured seonfiguration
s that refereh the data incompletely in
y transmit onon is plesiochn one directio
nfigured as Mce.
ode, they woquadrupled ultaneously us. All E1 strncy per direc
hile the othernnels break t
annels, i.e., the multipair mansmission r
one
bit/s ltiples
AnneAnne
Anne
Anne
e, single pai
P
an operate fupendent SHDeparately frodetection m
ence clock fren different dindependent
ne or severahronous. All on.
Master and th
ork at the satransmissiotransmit onereams that action.
r SHDSL chantoo and the p
these two twmode is the rates. In mult
Standa
ex A, Annex Bex AB (auto‐d
ex AB (auto‐d
ex AB (auto‐d
r
age 42 of 152
ully DSL om each mode, due to
equencies, irections on t ‐ providing
l E1 E1 streams
he other as
me clock n capacity. e or several re
nnels serve procedure
wo‐pair links increasing tipair mode
rd
, etection)
etection)
etection)
2
P4/P2 U
M
2‐pair, MasFix Configu
2‐pair, MasAutodetect
2‐pair, SlavAutodetect
3‐pair, MasFix Configu
3‐pair, MasAutodetect
3‐pair, SlavAutodetect
4‐pair, MasFix Configu
4‐pair, MasAutodetect
4‐pair, SlavAutodetect
9.1.4 Re
The ‘Reservmode is to cto damagedthe normal Reservationseveral DSL SHDSL changroup of chlowest numpriority thaSHDSL chanthe failed hfailed. If we considDSL‐2. If thechannel failshould tran If the substibe decreasenumber of tat the end otimeslots wwill be dele
User Guid
Mode
ster/Slave ration
ster tion
ve tion
ster/Slave ration
ster tion
ve tion
ster/Slave ration
ster tion
ve tion
Ta
eservation
vation’ modecontinue to td cable). Resetransmission
n does not gu connectionsnnels with suannels with
mbers has hign DSL‐2, andnnels inside tigh‐priority c
der the resere DSL‐2 chans, the DSL‐ 2smit the high
itute channeed. First, thetransmitted of the list wilwith large numted before o
de
Coding
PAM16
PAM32
PAM16
PAM32
Auto (PAM
PAM16
PAM32
PAM16
PAM32
Auto (PAM
PAM16
PAM32
PAM16
PAM32
Auto (PAM
ble 9.2 Line s
Mode
e is available transmit theervation alson modes.
uarantee a cos fail, a sort‐tccessive numreservation.gher priority d DSL‐2 has athe reservatichannels. At
rvation with nnel fails, the2 channel wilh‐priority da
el has a lowe volume of WE1 timeslotsll be decreasmbers are deor after TS 0.
g Type
3..6
12.
Au
Au
M16/32) Au
3..6
12.
Au
Au
M16/32) Au
3..6
12.
Au
Au
M16/32) Au
settings per
for 2‐ and 4‐ important do takes care
ontinuous trterm loss of mbers (exam For these mthan the traf higher prioron group is bany failure t
two channele DSL‐1 chanl transmit thta.
r transmissioWAN data wis will be decrsed (if E1‐1, Eeleted. Howe
Baserate
60
..89
to (3..60)
to (12..89)
to (3..89)
60
..85
to (3..60)
to (12..85)
to (3..85)
60
..64
to (3..60)
to (12..64)
to (3..64)
SHDSL interf
‐channel P4/data even in of bandwidt
ransmission oEthernet pa
mple: DSL‐1, Dmerged channffic with highrity than DSLbroken, remthe system a
ls: DSL‐1 andnel continuehe data of th
on capacity till be decreasreased. If muE1‐2 are in thever, there is
TransmData
2*Baserate*
3*Baserate*
4*Baserate*
face in the ‘m
/P2 devices. the case of tth managem
of data in thcket (or E1 dDSL‐2 or DSLnels, the trafher numbersL‐3. If the comaining workialways opera
d DSL‐2, DSL‐es to operatee DSL‐ 1 cha
than the maised up to 1 tultiple E1 strehe list, the Es an exceptio
missionRate
* 64 kbit/s AA
A
A
* 64 kbit/s AA
A
A
* 64 kbit/s AA
A
A
multipair’ mo
The main puthe other chaent over use
e case of a fadata) can occL‐2, DSL‐3, DSffic in the SHs. For exampmmunicationng channels tes as if the
‐1 has a highe without anynnel. Hence,
n channel, ttimeslot (TS, eams are tra1‐2 stream won for TS 16,
P
Stand
Annex A, AnneAnnex AB (aut
Annex AB (aut
Annex AB (aut
Annex A, AnneAnnex AB (aut
Annex AB (aut
Annex AB (aut
Annex A, AnneAnnex AB (aut
Annex AB (aut
Annex AB (aut
ode.
urpose of resannel failureed SHDSL cha
ailure. Whencur. SL‐4) are meDSL channel
ple, DSL‐1 hasn in one or s transmit thelow‐priority
er priority coy changes. If, the DSL‐1 c
he transmitt64kbit/s), an
ansmitted, thwill be delete which, if tra
age 43 of 152
dard
ex B, todetection)
todetection)
todetection)
ex B, todetection)
todetection)
todetection)
ex B, todetection)
todetection)
todetection)
servation e (e.g. due annels like
n one or
rged into a ls with the s a higher everal e data of channels
ompared to f the DSL‐1 channel
ted data will nd then, the he streams ed). First, ansmitted,
2
P4/P2 U
The followin(The <RESER
Mode
DSL‐1: BaseDSL‐2: Base
Total
DSL‐1: BaseDSL‐2: Base
Total
DSL‐1: BaseDSL‐2: Base
Total
DSL‐1: BaseDSL‐2: Base
Total
User Guid
ng illustratioRVE> comma
No
DS
erate 72 erate 61
E1‐40
E1‐69
erate 72 erate 61
E1‐8 T
E1‐69
erate 72 erate 61
72
E1‐101
erate 89 erate 89
E1‐57
E1‐82
de
ons provide eand is used t
ormal Mode
L‐1
‐1 TS WAN
‐1, E1‐2 TS WAN
‐1, E1‐2 TS WAN
‐1, E1‐2 TS WAN
TS WAN
‐1 1 TS WAN
‐1 TS WAN
‐1, E1‐2, E1‐3 TS WAN
Table 9.3
examples in tto configure
DSL‐2
E1‐2 29 TS WAN
61 TS WAN
E1‐1 29 TS WAN
E1‐2, E1‐325 TS WAN
Examples of
the above tareservation)
Reserve DSL‐2 do
DSL‐1
N E1‐140 TS WA
E1‐140 TS WA
N E1‐1, E1‐8 TS WAN
E1‐1, E1‐8 TS WAN
N 72 TS WA
72 TS WA
N E1‐157 TS WA
E1‐157 TS WA
f reservation
ble with rese).
Modeown
DSL‐2
AN Failure
AN
2N
Failure
2N
AN Failure
AN
AN Failure
AN
n with two ch
ervation of t
ReservDSL‐1
DSL‐1
Failure
E1‐1 29 TS W
Failure
E1‐1, 21 TS W
Failure
61 TS W
Failure
E1‐1 57 TS W
hannels
P
two channels
ve Mode down
DSL‐2
e E1‐1 29 TS
WAN
e E1‐1 28 TS1 TS W
28 TS E‐12 WAN
e 61 TS
WAN
e E1‐1 57 TS
WAN
age 44 of 152
s
2
WAN
E1‐2 WAN
WAN
WAN
2
P4/P2 U
While for a SHDSL chan
User Guid
two SHDSL cnnels system
de
Fichannels systdifferent va
gure 9.1 Extem, channeriants prese
xamples for els substitutint themselve
‘Reservatioon, in the caes. However
on’ se of a failur, any system
P
re is “trivial”m using the re
age 45 of 152
, in four eservation
2
P4/P2 U
mode followwith 2/3/4 S The table fois lost frequcommunicarules for chapriority cha
DSL1 DS
1
1 Do
Down
Table 9.4 E
9.1.5 Au
P4/P2 devicThis mode i
Point
Point
Star‐t
Point
Star‐t
Note: Autom
When the aconfiguratioModem. In manually thE1 timeslotsthey are rec The system
User Guid
ws a strict logSHDSL interf
or four DSL cuently, while ation occurs sannel substitnnels) to mi
SL2 DSL1
2 1
own 1
1 1
1
Down
Down
Down
Examples o
utomatic C
ces support cs available fo
t‐to‐Point sin
t‐to‐Point mu
topology mu
t‐to‐Point tw
topology two
matic config
automatic coon parametethe majorityhe configurats over DSL, Cceived autom
of automati
de
gic in channefaces.
hannels is cocommunicasuccessively,tution are mnimize the d
DSL2 DS
2 3
2 Do
Down 2
Down Do
2 1
1 Do
Down 1
of reservatio
Configurat
complete linor the follow
ngle‐channel
ulti‐channel
ultichannel li
wo‐channel tw
o‐pair links
uration of lin
onfiguration iers for DSL any of cases thetions of all otCRC4 and E1 matically thro
ic configurat
el substitutio
onstructed btion in two c, i.e., the firs
made to minimata losses.
SL3 DSL1
3 1
own 1
2 1
own Down
1 1
own 1
1 1
1
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
on of system
tion of a L
k configuratiwing types of
or multipair
links with ind
nks
wo‐pair links
nk reservatio
is used, the Snd all other iey require mther devices (G703/4) moough the link
ion operates
on. The next
based on the channels occst channel famize the num
DSL2 DSL
2 3
2 3
2 Dow
2 Dow
Down 3
Down 2
Down Dow
Down Dow
2 3
2 1
2 Dow
1 Dow
Down 2
Down 1
Down Dow
ms with two
ink
ion in accordf links:
r links
dependent c
s
on is not sup
Slave‐Modeminterfaces (liminimal confi in the link. Codes do not k.
s the followi
table illustra
assumptioncurs less freqils and then mber of chan
L3 DSL4
3 4
3 Down
wn 3
wn Down
3 2
2 Down
wn 2
wn Down
3 1
1 Down
wn 1
wn Down
2 1
1 Down
wn 1
, three and
dance with th
channels
ported.
ms and Regeke Ethernet)guration, whConfiguratiohave to be c
ng way:
ates the logic
that commuuently. Usuathe next channel switchin
four SHDS
he Master‐M
nerators rec) through thehich I turn hens like the nconfigured o
P
c of channel
unication in oally a loss of annel fails. Tng (especially
L channels
Modem confi
ceive nearly ae link from thelps not to dumber of tran all devices
age 46 of 152
reservation
one channel
he logic and y high‐
guration.
all he Master‐uplicate ansmitted because
2
P4/P2 U
The CPfrom th
If the Cthe remcoincid
The link is a
the str
if therereceive
also aconfigu
the Slaperform
when tE1 porconfiguthe con
The RCONF equipment
the RC
if the dwill adj
Figure.
User Guid
P side (Slavehe CO side (M
CP side (Slavmote terminde, the RCON
adjusted in th
eam structu
e is any Regeed link param
next Regeuration in ac
ave‐Modem ms configura
the Slave‐Mots. If the nuuration of thnfigurations
alarm statushave incomp
ONF alarm is
device operajust or synch
9.2 Automa
de
e) automaticMaster), so a
e) cannot adnal device (MNF alarm is d
he channel s
re is configu
enerator in tmeters.
enerator reccordance wi
receives thation
odem receivember of porhe E1 streamof WAN. The
s (displayed patible confi
s not automa
ates in the Chronize with
atic configu
Figure 9
cally adjustsas not to cau
djust correspMaster). If coisplayed. RC
tructure in t
red on the M
he link, it rec
ceives the sth received l
he stream s
es configuratrts is not enoms. Also if theerefore, the
using the <Agurations.
atically displ
CA (or AUTOthe CO side
uration, 4x E
9.3 Automat
s configuratiuse permane
pondingly, it onfigurationsONF means
he direction
Master‐Mode
ceives this st
structure frlink paramet
structure fro
tion, it distriough, it dispe E1 streamsintegrity of t
ALARM> com
ayed if a DSL
O‐SLAVE) mo(Master)
E1 and Ethe
tic configur
on accordinnt losses of u
displays a RCs of terminaa remote urg
from the M
em device
tructure and
rom the prters
om the last
butes the replays the RCOs are not disthe Ethernet
mmand) mean
L link, in whic
de, the alar
ernet are tra
ration Star‐t
g to the struser data
CONF alarm l devices (Mgent alarm
aster‐ to the
configures i
evious Rege
Regenerato
eceived E1 stONF alarm atributed, thet link is suppo
ns that the lo
ch it was det
m is not disp
ansmitted o
topology
P
ream structu
and sends aMaster and S
e Slave‐Mode
itself in acco
enerator an
or in the lin
treams informnd does note Slave‐Modorted
ocal and rem
tected, fails
played when
over one SH
age 47 of 152
ure received
a message tolave) do not
em:
ordance with
nd performs
nk and also
mation to itst change thedem receives
mote
n the device
DSL link
2
d
o t
h
s
o
s e s
e
P4/P2 U
A more comtransmittedinterfaces fo
Figure.
9.1.6 E1
9.1.6.1 Fr
A variant of tIn unframed In framed mo32 timeslots
9.1.6.2 CR
The CRC4 moredundancy If the mode iabout CRC erE1 stream. If the mode igeneration owithout CRC4
9.1.6.3 AI
If this mode
the lo
the remodestream
User Guid
mplex case is d in the first cor the stream
9.4 Automa
Interface
ramed and U
the P4/P2 pro(transparent)ode (framing per E1 stream
RC4 (Cyclic R
ode enables thcheck. is enabled, thrrors. In this c
is disabled, thof the zero tim4 sub‐multifra
IS Generation
is enabled, AI
oss of the line
emote device e is enabled oms are transm
WARN
IF THINTER(EXCEIF SOAIS W
de
the indepenchannel and ms from each
atic configu
(G.703/70
Unframed E1
oduct family su) mode, the Eaccording to Im can be trans
Redundancy C
he error perfo
e modem syncase the mode
he modem trame slot is not aames and che
n (Alarm Ind
S will be trans
signal from th
receives an Aonly if the AISmitted the AIS
NING
E AIS GENERRFACE WILLEPT FOR TIMOME TIMESLOWILL NOT BE
ndent two‐chthe second h DSL link on
uration 2x E
04) - not a
upports trans1 data is transITU‐T G.704), smitted over t
Check)
ormance mon
chronizes witem regenerate
nsmits transpactivated. If thcksum words
dication Signa
smitted to the
he remote dev
AIS over E1 inS detection mgeneration an
RATION MODL BE ABSENTME SLOTS OF OTS OF AN EGENERATED
hannel connechannel. Thenly when the
1 and Ether
available i
mission of frasmitted over tthe E1 data isthe SHDSL line
itoring of the
th CRC4 sub‐mes E1 CRC4 su
parently CRC4 he TS0GEN mo.
al)
e E1 side unde
vice or loss of
terface, whicmode is enablend detection
DE IS DISABLT WHEN LOTHIS INTERFE1 INTERFACD FOR THIS IN
ection: two Ee Slave‐Mode communica
rnet are tra
in P4/P2
amed and unfthe SHDSL wits processed bye.
E1 network in
multiframes atub‐multiframe
sub‐multiframode is activate
er the followin
f frame alignm
h is configureed on the remare independ
LED, THE SIGOSING COMFACE DEDICACE ARE USEDNTERFACE.
E1 streams aem determination in both
nsmitted ov
ramed E1 intethout any chay the onboard
nterface with
t the E1 outpues and checksu
mes and checked, the zero ti
ng conditions
ment on the DS
ed to transmitmote device (ent per E1 str
GNAL AT THEMUNICATIO
ATED TO CARD TO TRANSM
P
and Ethernetnes the orde links is esta
ver two SHD
erfaces. anges. d E1 framer. In
the help of a
ut and displayum words in t
ksum words ifime slot is gen
:
SL side
t data from E(see below). ream.
E OUTPUT OON IN THE DRRY ETHERNEMIT ETHERN
age 48 of 152
t packets areer of E1 blished.
DSL link.
n this case, 1‐
cyclic
s informationthe outgoing
f the nerated
1 to DSL. ThisIf multiple E1
OF THE E1 DSL LINE ET DATA) ET DATA,
2
e
s 1
P4/P2 U
9.1.6.4 AI
If this mode
a non
AIS w
9.1.6.5 Е1
The P4/P2 prclock from thalso support
From E1 netw
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
With the SETautomaticallyEXTERNAL mrecommendathe priority lepriority. If thE1‐1, E1‐2, Eclock, is lost,
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1 Side
User Guid
IS Detection
is enabled, th
‐urgent alarm
ill be transmit
WARN
IT IS FOR A
1 Clock Mode
roduct family he E1‐input st: external cloc
work interface
ExternaClockingClockingClockingClockingClocking
TCLOCK commy switches to
means synchroation. If the inevel. Using the external clo1‐3 and E1‐4 the device sw
EP
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
de
he reception o
m will appear
tted to the re
NING
RECOMMENALL E1 NETW
es
has two optioream and trancking, interna
e side to SHDS
al clock geneg from the fig from the seg from the thg from the fog from the in
mand, the userthe clock sou
onization fromnput signal of he external cloock generator mean synchrowitches to ano
E1 Stream TXPriority Select
E1 Stream RX
of an AIS throu
mote device o
NDED TO ENAWORK INTERF
ons to synchronsmits it throl clocking and
Figure 9
SL line side th
rator (EXTERirst E1 input econd E1 inphird E1 inputourth E1 inpnternal gene
r can configurrce with the h
m an external cthe external cock in synchrois absent, it sonization fromother clock ac
X tion
Clock
ExteOsci
InterOsci
ugh the E1 int
of the DSL
ABLE THE AIFACES.
onize E1 interugh the SHDSd clocking prio
9.5. Е1 clock
he following cl
RNAL) (insidestream (E1‐1put stream (Et stream (E1‐ut stream (Eerator (INTER
re the priorityhighest prioritclock generatoclock is lost, thonization priorhould not be m one of the inccording to the
k from E1
ernal illator
rnal illator
erface will ca
IS DETECTIO
faces. CommoSL link to the Eorities.
k modes
ock sources c
e subrack/m1) (if availabE1‐2) (if avai‐3) (if availab1‐4) (if availaRNAL).
y levels for thety under condor correspondhe device switrities, this exteincluded in thnput E1 streame priority leve
StuffinSynchr
Clock ReFrom SH
use the follow
N AND AIS G
only, the E1 inE1‐output (ple
an serve as re
inirack/UTT4le). lable). ble). able).
e clock sourceitions set by tding to the ITUtches to anothernal clock shhe priority listm. If the E1 stel.
g ronization
ecovery HDSL line
P
wing:
GENERATION
nterface derivesiochronous)
eference timin
4).
s. The device the user. U‐T G.703.10 her clock sourhould have the. tream, which
SHDSLTX
SHDSLRX
age 49 of 152
N MODES
ves the E1‐. The product
ng signals:
rce according e highest
serves as a
SHDSLSide
2
t
P4/P2 U
INTERNAL m
list (but in th
can be the p
Switching be
9.1.6.6 Nx
Variants of Pwith differeninterfaces (Vasynchronou
Nx64 interfac
V.35,
V.36 (
X.21 (
V.28 (Interface typ
RS‐232 interf
RS‐23
numb
numb
parityYou can use tRSFORMAT [
RS‐485 interf
RS485
numb
numb
parityYou can use tRSFORMAT [full‐duplex o
G.703/E0 cod
G.703
RangeThere are diftakes the cloFor that reassupport extereference clo
User Guid
eans synchro
he absence of
rimary and th
etween clock s
x64, RS‐232/
P4/P2 productnt interfaces. IV.35, V.36, X.2us RS‐485 inte
ces:
Speed 64…81
(with termina
(with terminat
(synchronous)pe is cable sele
face:
32, Speed 75,
ber of data bit
ber of stop bit
y: odd/even/othe command[format] is use
face:
5, Speed 75, 1
ber of data bit
ber of stop bit
y: odd/even/othe command[format] is useperation conf
directional 64
3/E0, Speed 64
e 500 m fferent possibock from the Gson you can usernal clocking,ock for the ou
de
nization from
any other clo
e only one).
sources occur
/RS‐485 and
t family can beIn this manua1, V.28), the serfaces and th
192 kbps
tion), Speed 6
tion), Speed 6
), Speed 64…1ected. You can
1200‐230400
s: 5…8
s:1, 1.5 or 2
odd/mark/spad EXTRATE [N]ed to set the d
1200‐230400 b
s: 5…8
s:1, 1.5 or 2
odd/mark/spad EXTRATE [N]ed to set the dfigurable by th
4 kbps interfac
4 kbps
bilities to syncG.703/E0 inpuse the comma internal clocktgoing data.
an internal cl
ck source, for
s within 100 m
d G.703/E0 In
e equipped wil we describe second card sue fourth supp
64…8192 kbps
64…8192 kbps
192 kbps n use the com
bps
ce ] to set the badata format (e
bps
ce ] to set the badata format (ehe command
ce:
hronize the Gt signal and trand SETCLOCKking and clock
lock source. T
r example, wh
ms, after loss
nterfaces
ith a wide ran the most impupports asyncports a co‐dire
s
s
mmand EXTRA
aud rate (N is example of fo
aud rate (N is example of foRSDUPLEX [F/
G.703/E0 64 kbransmits it thrK to select theking priorities
This clock sour
hen only Ether
of synchroniz
nge of modulaportant four cchronous RS‐2ectional G.703
ATE [N] (N=1…
baudrate, for rmat: 8N1).
baudrate, for rmat: 8N1). T/H].
bps co‐directiorough the SHDe G.703/E0 clo. With the com
rce should be
rnet data are t
ation.
r and exchangards. The first232 interfaces3/E0 (64 kbps)
128) to set th
instance 9600
instance 9600he RS485 inte
onal interfaceDSL link to theock as SHDSL cmmand G703C
P
the last one i
transmitted, t
geable daught card supports, the third su) interface.
e data rate (N
0). The comm
0). The commerface support
e. Usually this e G.703/E0 ouclock source. CLOCK you se
age 50 of 152
n the priority
this source
ter‐cards ts Nx64 pports
N*64 kbs).
mand
mand ts half‐ and
interface utput signal. But we also elect the
2
P4/P2 U
9.1.6.7 Nx
Nx64 clockinpossible cloc
NORMAL
INT (inter
TTC (exte The DIR argu
CO (codirsignal nuclock, wh113 and g
CONTRA output fr
In combinathe SHDSL lschemes. T
DSL
payload
E
The following
G.703-1
G.703-2
User Guid
x64 Clocking
g modes can ck modes for t
L (DSL) both cl
rnal) both cloc
ernal) clock fo
ument sets the
rectional): Tramber 113 (clhile in other mget out from F
(contradirectom the mode
tion with the line side as Nxhe following t
Command
Argument
Modes:
Nx64 onlyNx64 * & WA
E1 & Nx64E1 & Nx64 & W
g table shows
Command
Argument
G.703/E0 Priority Se
G.703/E0 RX
de
g Modes
be selected bthe transmit a
ocks are deriv
cks are genera
r signal numb
e transmit clo
ansmit clock aock) and 103modes data coFIFO by clock
tional): Transmem at signal nu
command SETx64 clock (partable shows d
d:
t:
Clo
, AN M
4 WAN
s different vali
d:
t:
Stream election
ExCl
Stream
Figure 9.6.
y using the coand receive clo
ved from the r
ated from the
ber 115 is deri
ck direction:
and transmit (data). In caoming to TX indefined by SR
mit clock andumber 114 an
TCLOCK (unitsrameter “V35”ifferent valid
DTE ck Mode
Slave
Master
Slave
id combinatio
G703
xternal lock
InCl
G703C
IN
EXT
INTDSL
RX
G.703/E0 c
ommand EXTCocks (signal nu
receiving DSL
e internal gene
ved from the
data have saase of RX modnput (signal nRC.
d transmit datnd transmit da
s with Nx64 in” of SETCLOCKcombinations
E
SRC
DCE Clock Mode
internal
external
DSL
ons of clock m
E
SRC
nternal lock
SETCLO
CLOCK
NT
T L
clock modes
CLOCK [SRC] [Dumber 114 (TX
stream
erator signal
terminal tran
me directionsde (see aboveumber 103) is
ta have oppoata is an input
nterface have K command)),s of clock mod
EXTCLOCK
D
e D
Clock D
don’
codire
don’
odes for Slave
EXTCLOCK
D
Stuffing Synchron
Clock Re
OCK
s
DIR]. The SRC X clock) and 1
smit clock inp
s, i.e. both are) the whole s put into FIFO
site directiont to the mode
the possibility it is possible des for the Ma
DIR
DCE Direction
’t care
ectional
’t care
e modem:
DIR
nisation
ecovery
P
argument set115 (RX Clock)
put (signal nu
re inputs to thTX path is cloO using the cl
ns, i.e. transmm at signal nu
y to set the clto realise diffaster modem
SETCLO
xDSLClock M
intern
Nx64
E1
SETCLO
SHDSL TX
SHDSL RX
age 51 of 152
ts one of 3 )):
mber 113)
he modem atocked by thislock from line
mit clock is anumber 103.
ock source toferent clock :
OCK
L Mode
al
4
OCK
2
t s e
n
o
P4/P2 U
DSL
payload
E
Interface V3 Extrate : 12 Autoloop : O Extclock : TT
9.1.6.8 Au
The system sprogrammabsupported by
9.1.7 Eth
The Ethernet
Tag (VLAN co
group of netw
nodes. The o
will be transm
of different V
technology p
instead of co
To construct
which contai
belongs and
Some types o
provide the n
standard pro
frame is anal
104 115 113 103 105 108 106 107 109
DTE
User Guid
Modes:
Nx64 onlyNx64 * & WA
E1 & Nx64E1 & Nx64 & W
35‐1:V35 28 ON TC/CO
utomatic V.5
supports only ble. You can uy the system.
hernet Inte
t interfaces of
ommand) bas
work nodes, w
organization o
mitted not to
VLANs can exc
provides a hig
onfiguring the
VLAN networ
ins an additio
its priority lev
of traffic (real
necessary qua
otocol IEEE 80
lyzed to get th
S
de
Clo
, AN
4 WAN
Figure 9.7. A
54 Loops
a local V.54 lose the comma
erface
f all DCI produ
ed VLAN prot
whose traffic,
of virtual netw
the entire ne
change inform
h level of secu
work station
rks and to pro
nal VLAN tag
vel.
‐time video, v
ality of this tra
2.1P (so‐calle
he necessary p
co-directiona
SHDSL MOD
Nx64
DCE
Clock External
MASTER
DTE ck Mode
Slave
Slave
Application Ex
oop managedand AUTOLOO
ucts fulfil the s
ocol (Virtual L
including the
works usually d
twork but to
mation via a ro
urity. In additi
to which the
ovide the prio
of 2 bytes len
voice or IP tra
affic, the P4/P
d QoS, Quality
priority inform
al
DEM
l
DCE Clock Mode
DSL
DSL
Interfa Extrat Autolo Extclo
xample V.35 w
d by the line 14OP to adjust a
standard IEEE
Local Area Ne
e broadcast tra
decreases the
members of t
outer, which a
ion, any chang
modem is con
rity in the dat
ngth. The tag i
ffic) should be
P2 devices sup
y of Service).
mation for giv
contra-direc
Clock R
SLAVE
SHDSL MO
e D
Clock D
don’
don’
ce V35‐1:V35te : 128 oop : OFF ock : NORMAL/C
with external c
41. The suppoautomatic loo
E 802.3 and su
twork – IEEE 8
affic, is compl
load in the ne
the VLAN send
allows a contr
ges in the net
nnected you o
ta transmissio
ncludes the n
e sent inside t
pport Ethernet
It means that
en application
ctional
Nx64
DCE
Remote
E
ODEM
DCE Direction
’t care
’t care
ONTRA
clock master
ort of the V.54p reaction: Lin
pport the Por
802.1Q). A vir
etely isolated
etwork, becau
der. Due to th
olled traffic, t
work structur
only have to c
n, an extende
umber of the
the network w
t traffic priorit
t the header c
n. The interna
103 114 115 104 105 108 106 107 109
DT
P
xDSLClock M
Nx64
E1
4 loops is softnes 140 and 1
rt (PBVLAN co
rtual network
d from other n
use the broad
he fact that th
the use of VLA
re are simplifi
configure the
ed Ethernet fr
e VLAN to whic
without any d
ty according t
content of eac
al switch place
TE
age 52 of 152
L Mode
4
ware 142 are not
ommand) and
represents a
network
dcast traffic
e members
AN
ed because
modem port.
rame is used,
ch the packet
elays. To
to the
ch Ethernet
es this data to
2
o
P4/P2 U
the correspo
high and low
VoIP traffic o
The Ethernet
next figure).
Ether
SHDS
E1 int
Virtua
The number the interfaceand <WANTS
For single‐chWAN2.
User Guid
onding queue
w priority queu
or control and
t traffic betwe
In P4/P2 devi
net interfaces
L interfaces (w
terfaces (when
al managemen
of E1 and SHDe (DSL or E1), wS> command.
Figu
hannel modem
de
of the output
ue. According
managemen
een all netwo
ices four type
s (external con
when the devi
n the device is
nt port (Telne
DSL interfaceswhich will be
re 9.8 Inter
ms the DSL cha
t port. The P4/
to it, all Ether
t channels) an
rk interfaces o
s of network i
nnector on th
ice is properly
s properly con
et session)
s depends on mapped to th
nal Switch (
annel is strictl
/P2 devices su
rnet traffic ca
nd low priority
of the device
interfaces exi
e front panel,
y configured)
nfigured)
the model of he correspond
(ETH5 is not
ly mapped to
upport two pr
n be divided i
y groups (for e
is distributed
st:
, and back‐pla
the P4/P2 anding WAN inte
t available f
WAN1, while
riority queues
nto high prior
example LAN1
by the interna
ane connector
d related proderface is perfo
for NTU dev
the E1 interfa
P
s when sendin
rity groups (fo
1 and LAN2).
al Ethernet sw
r)
duct family. Tormed by the
vices)
ace is strictly
age 53 of 152
g packets – a
or example
witch (see
The choice of <PAYLOAD>
mapped on
2
P4/P2 U
A group of LAserve as a TrThe Trunk podetermining frames are aTrunk port. AThe Access pfor the headeframes are asVLAN equal tinterface carThe Mixed passigned to utagged. On euntagged, wh
Mode
ACCESS
TRUNK
MIXED
Table 9.5 Ac
P4/P2 devicepackets comVLAN numbe
There is a spenot be two d
User Guid
ANx Ports (Ethunk port, Accort is a port wthe number ollowed to pasA PC with a staport is a port wer). It means tssigned with ato the defaultrd can be connport is a port wuntagged traffegress frames hile to all othe
Default VLA
(set with V
Untagged t
VLAN tag isegress.
Not taken i
Untagged t
VLAN tag isegress.
ccess, Trunk
es always traning from Acceer and QoS pr
ecial case whedevices on the
de
Figure 9.9
hernet interfacess port or Mwhere all preseof the VLAN as on per‐VLANandard netwowhere all presthat only untaa default VLAN VLAN of the nected to the where tagged fic (configuredwith VLAN eqer VLANs app
AN
LAN comman
raffic outside
s added on ing
nto account
raffic outside
s added on ing
and Mixed M
nsmit Ethernetess ports are fiority level) an
en having thee network sha
9 Internal S
ace) means theMixed port. ent packets hand QoS. In TruN basis. This mork interface csent packets hagged frames N tag (configuport are allowAccess port.and untaggedd by QOS and qual to the defly pass/block
nd)
of the modem
gress, remove
of the modem
gress, remove
Mode
t packets overfirst transformnd after this t
same MAC adring the same
witch for si
e LAN port co
ave the VLAN unk mode, onmeans that spcard cannot behave a standapass into (ingured by VID anwed, and this t
d traffic is alloVLAN commafault VLAN (corules set by th
VLA
(se
m.
d on
No
Tag
VLA
m.
d on
Tageq
VLA
r DSL or E1 intmed into Etherransmitted ov
ddress on diffe VLAN. But IE
ngle‐chann
onnector on th
format, namely tagged framecial equipmee connected trd Ethernet fogress) and outnd QoS commtag is removed
owed. Howeveands), so that onfigured withhe ALLOW com
AN1‐VLAN8, O
et with ALLOW
ot taken into a
gged traffic ou
AN tag is not
gged traffic ouual to default
AN tag is not
terfaces with rnet packets wver any line in
ferent VLANs aEE 802.1Q VL
el devices
he front panel
ely, the Ethernmes pass into ent supportingto the Trunk pormat (withouof (egress) anands). On egrd. A PC with a
er, on ingress, all frames in th VLAN commmmand.
OTHER
W command)
ccount
utside of the m
modified on e
utside of the mVLAN.
modified on e
the VLAN formwith VLAN forterface.
and PBVLANsANs as well as
P
l or backplane
net frame witand out of LAg VLAN is conport. ut the additionny LANx port. ress, only frama standard net
a default VLAthe system armand), exit the
modem.
egress and ing
modem for VL
egress and ing
mat – meaninrmat (adding s
. Normally, ths port‐based V
age 54 of 152
e that can
th a header, ANx port, nected to the
nal two bytes On ingress,
mes with twork
AN tag is e actually e port
gress.
LANs not
gress.
ng that data standard
ere should VLANs allow
2
e
P4/P2 U
creating sepadevices shariVLAN+PBVLAbe used on aconfigurationfollowing two
1. For sepaABC in elimitatioThereforVLAN1, P
2. For all oshare thdevice hVLAN(anPBVLAN
Same MAC ad
VLAN1, VID=1
PBVLAN A
VLAN other, V
PBVLAN A
VLAN other, VPBVLAN A
VLAN1,VID=1
PBVLAN B
VLAN other, VPBVLAN B
VLAN other, VPBVLAN B
In addition, edevice can hareceived fromnecessary VLOtherwise, aA group of Dtimeslots (64port. Any datthen transmiA group of E(64kbit/s) onA virtual maaddress of tha remote devMAC addressNote: As a ru
User Guid
arate logical ning the same AN combinatioall VLAN & PBVns are valid wo rules are to
arately manageach of these on here is the re a device wPBVLAN B. other VLANs. e same databhaving the Mny other), PBA.
ddress
1
VID=100
VID=200
VID=100
VID=200
T
every unit hasave a VLAN num the Access LAN number aa default VLANDSL ports (WA4kbit/s) on theta received fritted over the1 ports (WANn the E1 interfnagement pohis device is thvice, the IP‐ads of the deviceule the data of
de
networks on oMAC address.ons from haviVLAN combinaill in turn allowbe noted:
ged VLANs 1‐88 VLANs will use of port‐b
with MAC add
Here, every Pbase. A deviceAC address XVLAN A, will
VLAN1,
VID=1
PBVLAN A
N/A
Table 9.6 Sam
s a table of staumber and a Qport and the Mand the QoS pN number andAN1–WAN4) (Se SHDSL interfom Access/Me SHDSL interfN1–WAN4) (E1face by using tort (INT) (Virtuhe logical addddress of this e is also the mf the managem
ne physical ne. On P4/P2, hong different aations (i.e. thiw use of mod
8. Each VLAN hnot conflict wbased VLANs. dress XYZ, VLA
PBVLAN has ie with the MAXYZ, VLAN(anyconflict with
VLAN other,
VID=100
PBVLAN A
OK
N/A
me MAC add
atic MAC addrQoS priority leMAC address riority will be QoS priority SHDSL interfaface by using
Mixed ports arace. 1 interface) mthe internal swual managemeress of the madevice shouldmanagement pment port hav
etwork. Thus,owever, thereddress databais is possible wems in all vita
has its own Mwith any devicMAC addressAN1, PBVLAN
its own MAC AC address XYZy other), PBVh the device
VLAN other,
VID=200
PBVLAN A
OK
NOKSame MAC onsame PBVLANVLAN≠1..8
N/A
dress on diffe
resses (up to 8evel (this is a tof the packet assigned to twill be assignace) means thathe internal sre first transfo
means that Ethwitch. In this cent port) is ananagement prd be specified program addrve the highest
in different Ve is a hardwareases, and therwithin the modal configuratio
MAC address tace with MAC as database is s A, will confl
address tablZ, VLAN(any oVLAN B. But thaving the M
VLAN1,
VID=1
PBVLAN B
NOSame MACsame VLANVLAN=1..8
n N for
OK
OK
N/A
erent VLANs
8 addresses) ftable of specit sender is insihis packet beed to the pacat Ethernet dawitch. In this ormed into Eth
hernet data cacase, this portn internal devirogram. For ein the Telnet ress, which is it priority (exa
VLANs or PBVLe limitation prrefore, allowindem configuraons. To expand
able, and thusaddress ABC ishared amongict with devic
e, but differeother), PBVLANthe device wiMAC address
B
VLAN o
VID=10
PBVLA
K C on N for
O
K O
K O
A O
N
and PBVLAN
for connectedal MAC addreide this table,fore transmittket. ata can be macase, this porhernet packet
an be mappedt always serveice managemexample, to opprogram. At tinside the Ethmple, QoS = 7
P
LANs there coreventing all ng same MACation). But, knd on this defin
s device with in any other Vg all PBVLANsce with MAC
ent VLANs on N A, will not cith the MAC ABC, VLAN(a
other,
00
AN B
VLAN
VID=2
PBVLA
OK
OK
OK
OK
N/A NOK Same same PVLAN≠
Ns
d devices, so thesses). If a pac, a header witting it to the T
apped onto sprt always servets with VLAN f
d onto specifiees as a Trunk ent program. pen a session fthe physical lahernet frame. 7).
age 55 of 152
uld be
address to nowing which nition, the
MAC addressVLAN. But the for VLAN1‐8.address XYZ,
one PBVLANconflict with aaddress ABC,any other+1),
other,
200
AN B
OK
OK
OK
OK
MAC on PBVLAN for ≠1..8
N/A
hat each cket is h the Trunk port.
pecified es as a Trunk format and
ed timeslots port. The IP‐for managing ayer, the
2
s e . ,
N a , ,
P4/P2 U
9.1.7.1 M
The system sthe defined Mconfiguration
White List White List cobetween the
The data exc
Interfaces The White LiEthernet por
Note: White
Number of EEvery White
9.1.7.1.1 M
MAC AddresIf ingress pacdropped. Nowill be enabl
MAC AddresIt is possible device if the approximate
Port BlockingIt is possible go to Down SDown Traps
NOTE: Portcommand E
9.1.7.2 Ra
The system savailable Ethinterface couinterfaces ar
The RSTP itseimproves reltwo nodes toselect active so‐called BPD
Root Bridge One switch inaccording to address and same priority
Port Roles After Root BrBridge will be
User Guid
MAC Filter
supports MACMAC filtering n of Ethernet
ontains a list oe modem devi
change betwe
st is applicablrts of the devi
List can't be e
Entries List stores up
MAC Filter R
ss Filtering cket has a MAo information wed automatic
ss Filtering anto enable Intunlisted MAC
ely once in 3 m
g and Intrudeto enable PorState equal towill be genera
will keep theETHSD 10H/10
apid Spannin
supports Rapidhernet ports auld be configue combined in
elf is a protociability of dato prevent pacpath, discardDU packets.
n a RSTP‐enabBridge ID – a Bridge Priority, Switch with
ridge has beeecome Root P
de
C filtering featrule. If disablesubsystem.
of MAC addresce and the no
en the modem
le per LAN Intce.
enabled on W
p to 10 MAC ad
Rules
AC address thawill be recordcally as soon a
d Intruder Alaruder Alarm inC will arrive tominutes. Trap
er Alarm rt Blocking Moo ETHSD OFF Xated in this ca
e blocked Dow0F/100H/100F
ng Tree Prot
d Spanning Trs well as all avured to carry Ento MULTIWA
ol used for dya networks; nket loop. Etheing other pat
bled network unique ID thaty. Switch withh less MAC add
n selected, otPort. The oppo
ure. If enableed, the system
sses. MAC addode with the s
m device and
erface. There
WAN interfaces
ddresses. The
at is not listedded and no mes the MAC filt
arm ndication on to the port. Thecontains the i
ode if an unlisX command wase.
wn State even F/AUTO X or W
tocol
ree Protocol (Rvailable WAN Ethernet data AN, this MWA
ynamic link swnevertheless Eernet switcheshs. All RSTP‐e
must acts as Rat each membh smallest Briddress will bec
ther switches osite port on t
d the device wm will store an
dress present selected MAC
the node with
fore the num
s.
e same MAC a
d in the White essage will betering feature
the device. If e Trap from thinformation a
sted MAC has where X is an in
after reset ofWEB GUI shal
RSTP) accordiinterfaces coover DSL line
AN will particip
witching in netEthernet netws with enablenabled device
Root Bridge. Rber of RSTP nedge Priority wome Root Bri
define their pthe other swit
will filter MACnd forward co
in the list wiladdress.
h a non‐listed
ber of lists is e
ddress can be
List the LAN ie generated bye is enabled.
enabled, the She same non‐lbout the Intru
arrived. On renterface num
f the device. Tl be used.
ng to IEEE 80uld participate or over E1 inpate in RSTP c
tworks with riworks must havd RSTP detectes exchange in
Root Bridge seetwork has. Brwill act as Rootdge.
ports role. Thetch will becom
C addresses anorrect Etherne
l be allowed in
MAC address
equal to the n
e stored in sev
nterface beloy the device. I
SNMP Trap wlisted MAC aduder MAC add
eceiving the wber. The Intru
o restore port
1.1d 2004 rece in RSTP conterface. If sevonstruction to
ng topology. Tve only one act paths availabnformation ab
election will bridge ID is a cot Bridge. If two
e port that hasme Designated
P
nd acts in accoet packets acc
n the data exc
s is prohibited
number of phy
veral White Li
ongs to, this pIt is a default
will be generatddress will be dress.
wrong MAC thuder Alarm Tra
rt operation th
commendationstruction. A Wveral DSL linksoo.
The ring topoctive path betbility in a ring bout topology
be done automombination oo or more sw
s the shortestd Port. The Ro
age 56 of 152
ordance with ording to the
change
d.
ysical
sts.
acket will be mode and it
ed by the generated
he Port will ap and Link
he
n. All WAN s or E1
logy tween any of and quickly
y change in
matically f Switch MACitches have
t path to Rootoot Bridge
2
t
P4/P2 U
has Designatother switch
Both ‘Root’ acould act as aFigure 9.10 P
When a failulook to a pict
9.1.8 An
9.1.8.1 E
In this mode,
User Guid
ted Ports onlyes
and ‘Designatean Alternate pPort role defin
re appears onture below:
ONLDATABLO
n Integrate
1 Transmis
, only time slo
de
y, while other
ed’ ports are aport or as a Banition in RSTP.
n a network, a
Figure
Y PORTS A PACKECKED STA
ed Switch
ssion Mode
ots of E1 data
switches have
active, they leackup port. Pl.
an alternative
9.11 Change
WITH ROOTS. PORT
ATE
of 64-kbit/
e (only E1 T
streams are t
e one Root po
earn and forwlease note the
path will be s
of Port role u
OT AND DTS WITH
t/s Time Sl
Time Slots
transmitted o
ort and could
ward packets. Oe illustration b
selected and p
pon network
DESIGNATEALTERNA
lots – Not
s)
ver SHDSL line
have Designat
Other ports habelow:
port roles will
failure.
ED ROLESATIVE RO
Available
es according t
P
ted Port conn
ave a blocking
be changed.
S WILL FOLE WILL
e in P4/P2
to ITU‐T Rec. G
age 57 of 152
nected to
g state. They
Please take a
RWARD BE IN
G.991.2.
2
P4/P2 U
Table 9.7 Co
9.1.8.2 E1
The system sthe ports WAslot multipleSHDSL time s
time transm
time stransm
Nx64/
EtherHere
n is th
m1 is
m2 is
m3 is
Note: A part swit
Time slots o
(first E1 / se
0,1,16 / 0,1
0,1,2,3,31 /
0‐29,31 / no
0‐31 / 0‐31
User Guid
omparison o
1, Nx64/RS‐2
supports simuAN1, WAN2, Wxing from E1, slots is perfor
slots of the mitted in time
slots of the smitted in time
/RS‐232/RS‐48
net data is tra
he total numb
the number o
the number o
the number o
of time slots tch.
of E1 data str
econd E1)
1,2,3
/ none
one
de
of SHDSL data
232/RS‐485 a
ultaneous tranWAN3, WAN4Nx64/RS‐232med as follow
first E1, chose slots from 0
second E1, che slots from m
85 data is tran
ansmitted in t
ber of transmit
of time slots f
of time slots f
of time slots r
of an E1 inter
eams
a rate and nu
and Etherne
nsmission of E, and the inte2/RS‐485 and ws:
sen for transmto m1‐1
hosen for tranm1 to m1+m2‐
nsmitted in tim
ime slots from
tted SHDSL tim
rom the first E
rom the secon
equired for N
rface can be u
Total numbtime slots
umber of po
et Simultane
E1 time slots, Nernal EthernetEthernet netw
mission in th
nsmission in t‐1
me slots from
m m1+m2+m3
me slots
E1 selected fo
nd E1 selected
Nx64/RS‐232/R
used to transm
ber of transm
7
5
31
64
ssible time s
ous Transmi
Nx64/RS‐232/t switch) into awork interface
he SHDSL line
the SHDSL lin
m m1+m2 to m
3 to n‐1
or transmissio
d for transmis
RS‐485 data
mit data from t
itted Mtrs
lots of one E
ission Mode
/RS‐485 data aan SHDSL linee into the SHD
e interface in
e interface in
m1+m2+m3‐1
n into SHDSL
ssion into SHD
the WAN2 po
Minimal requiransmitting thlots (kbit/s)
P
E1 stream
e
and Ethernet e. This mode mDSL line. The d
the ascendin
n the ascendi
DSL
ort of the inter
ired SHDSL dahis number o
456
328
1992
4104
age 58 of 152
data (from means time distribution of
ng order, are
ng order, are
rnal Ethernet
ata rate f time
2
f
e
e
P4/P2 U
Figure 9.1the mode
9.1.9 Tes
The possibilit
Test loops caThe LOOP1 Ointerface. LOOP2 M:N,only remotesent. It meandevice to the
9.1.9.1 An
During the anThe analoguethe equipmeThe analogue
9.1.9.2 Pe
The transmisduring instalterm evaluatThe Noise Mactivate this qualitative pDuring accepNM value is nAn NM of 0d
E1Interface
User Guid
2 Example owhen both
st Loops
ty to activate
an be activateON/OFF N com
where M is tly. This commns that if LOOe Master devic
WARN
WHEETHEETHE
nalogue Loo
nalogue loop e loop back fuent itself. e loop back ca
WARN
TO PETHE U
erformance
ssion performlation and mation of operatargin (NM) prtest. This parerformance optance testingno less that 6 dB in the pres
M
RX
TXLOOP1
de
of distributh E1 interfac
a
test loops on
ed for the Masmmand is use
he number ofmand allows acP2 is activatedce side, and v
NING
N ACTIVATINERNET DATA,ERNET NETW
op back
back test, theunction (the S
auses a non‐u
NING
ERFORM THEUNIT!
Monitoring
ance of a linkaintenance proting links and drovides qualitaameter is calcof an SHDSL ling, it is recommdB. ence of a Gau
Master
ion of time ces at 1280 re used for
E1 or SHDSL
Figure
ster and Slaved to activate/
f the line interctivating remod remotely byice versa.
NG LOOP2 U, IT IS NECE
WORK!
e SHDSL transcTARTAL comm
rgent alarm o
E ANALOG LO
can be monitocedures, whduring acceptative performculated accordnk. mended to set
ussian noise w
LOO
slots in an kbps of V.3 the termin
line interface
e 9.13. Test
e devices as w/deactivate LO
rface and N isotely a loop by the Master d
UNDER CONDESSARY THAT
ceiver receivemand is used
of the local un
OOPBACK, T
tored in two dereas the G.8tance testing.mance informading to ITU‐T G
the line rate
would yield an
Regenerator
LOP2 1:1
SHDSL fram35 and bothation devic
simplifies the
t loops
ell as for the ROOP1, where N
the number oack to the devdevice, the da
DITIONS THAT THE DEVIC
es the transmito activate th
nit and an urge
THE CABLE SH
different ways826 error perfo
ation of a specG.991.2 and is
or choose cab
n expected Bi
r
LOOP2 1:1
me at a line r internal We.
e device start‐
Regenerator. N is the numb
of the Regenevice, from whta will be loop
AT SHDSL IS CE IS DISCON
tted signal froe analogue lo
ent alarm of t
HOULD BE D
s. The signal qormance para
cific link. The Ns an efficient t
ble pairs (at a
t‐Error‐Ratio
LOOP2 1:R
P
rate of 89x6WAN1 and W
‐and‐adjustme
ber of the netw
erator, can behich the commped back by th
USED TO TRNNECTED FR
om its own traoop back) is us
he remote un
ISCONNECTE
quality is typicameters are u
NM commandtool for deter
fixed line rate
of 10‐7.
Slave
LOOP1
age 59 of 152
64 kbit/s in WAN2 ports
ent.
work
activated mand was he Slave
RANSMIT ROM THE
ansmitter. sed to test
nit.
ED FROM
ally used sed for long
d is used to rmining the
e) so that the
E1Interface
2
P4/P2 U
9.1.9.3 G
The error peG.826 error pdetection are
the correspoOn the SHDSthe block errFor the E1 inCRC4 option The estimati
9.1.10 BER
We suggest Bmaster unit.
Configuratio
CO_BERT>CON----------- Cur-----------Interface Pattern TX Slots
Mas
BERT act
User Guid
.826 Perform
rformance moperformance e performed s
onding bits of SL side, six CRCrors of the SHterface, calcuenabled. In thion of a bit er
RT Test
BERT testing i
n Example:
NF ------------rrent BERT c------------ : E1-1, In : 2E7
: [00-15] : [16-31]
ster
tivated
de
mance Monit
onitoring of aparameters isseparately for
Figu
the next SMFC6 check bits DSL channel aulations accordhe framed morror rate is not
n the followin
------------configuratio------------nternal (to
PG PG PG PGPG PG PG PG
Re
toring
n SHDSL link is based on CRr the E1 interf
re 9.14 G.8
. If they do noare generatedand to evaluatding to G.826 ode with the Ct within the s
ng way: Switch
Figure 9.15
------------n: ------------SHDSL1)
PG PG PG PGPG PG PG PG
egenerator
is performed aC (Cyclic Redufaces and SHD
26 perform
ot match, the d per SHDSL frte its error peare only possCRC4 option dscope of G.826
h on Loop2 on
5. BERT setu
------------
------------
G PG PG PG PG PG PG PG P
LOOP 2
according to Iundancy ChecDSL interfaces.
mance evalua
CRC4 error corame. CRC6 erformance acsible in the fradisabled, only 6 calculations
n the remote
up Example
------------
------------
PG PG PG PG PG PG PG PG
Slave
2 1:R
Loop2 activate
TU‐T Rec. G.7k) error detec
ation
ounter is increrrors are usedcording to ITUamed mode acFAS errors ares.
unit (slave) an
------------
------------
PG PG
E1 Interfa
1
d
P
704. The evaluction. CRC gen
On theCRC4 cgeneramultifrand co
emented. d by the softwU‐T Rec. G.826ccording to Ge detected.
nd setup the B
---
---
C
E1
E1
TX
RX
TX
RX
ace
age 60 of 152
uation of the neration and
E1 side, four heck bits are ted per sub‐ame (SMF) mpared with
ware to count 6. .704 with the
BERT on the
Generator
Receiver
Generator
Receiver
CRC4
CR
C4
CR
C4
2
CR
C4
CR
C4
G.826Counters
SLAVE
P4/P2 U
9.2 Ala
When managwill blink wit
9.2.1 LE
The LEDs dis
Network Int
DSL
RX Slots -----------CO_BERT>
Device Stat
Power failu
User Guid
rm Indic
ging the devich a frequency
Ds (for te
play the norm
Panel
terface
: [00-15] : [16-31]
------------
tus
re or power is
de
cation
ce via the locay of 1 Hz.
lecoms m
mal operation
Ele
Fro
nt P
anel
DS
L «1»«3»
Eth
E1 «1»
SIF
Eth
E1
«1»«3»
BT BT BT BTBT BT BT BT
------------
s off
al craft termin
models only
conditions an
ment
»,«2» »,«4»
A LED
A LED
»,«2» A LED
A LED(usual
ernet A RJ4
A RJ4
»,«2» »,«4»
A RJ4industLEDs.
BT BT BT BTBT BT BT BT
------------
FrontpaE1 Port
«1», «2
Off
al (RS‐232, US
y) - not
nd alarm cond
D showing the
D showing the
D showing the
D showing thelly Nx64)
45 connector
45 connector
45 connector trial version (.
T BT BT BT BT BT BT BT B------------
anel LED t
FrDS
2» «1
«3
Of
SB) or via Teln
t available
ditions of a dev
Des
e status of th
e status of th
e status of th
e status of th
for Ethernet
for Е1 interf
for the xDSL(V84I) there
BT BT BT BT BT BT BT BT ------------
ontpanel LEDSL Line
1», «2»
3», «4»
ff
net, all LEDs, e
e in P4
vice.
cription
he correspon
he Ethernet p
he correspon
he Serial Inte
t interface + t
face + two LE
L line interfacis a terminal
BT BT
------------
D Connector E1 Port
«1», «2»
Off
P
except the Eth
nding SHDSL
port
nding E1 port
erface port
two LEDs
EDs
ce + two LED block with s
---
r LED ConneDSL Li
«1», «
«3», «
Off
age 61 of 152
hernet LEDs
L line
t
Ds. In separate
ector LED ine
«2»
«4»
2
P4/P2 U
9.2.2 Ala
Generally, al
Hardware o
Normal ope
Non‐urgent
Urgent alar
Non‐urgent
E1 interfacetransmissiofor Etherne
Non urgent
Urgent alar
LED
Ethernet lef
Ethernet rig
Name
G
LOS
DSL
LOSW
LOSD
BER‐H
SEGD
ALB
SEGA
NM
LA
LOOP2
User Guid
Tab
arm LEDs
arm LEDs on a
or software fa
eration
t alarm (1 Loc
rm (1 Local; 2
t alarm at E1 i
e data is not uon into SHDSL et data transm
t alarm at the
rm at the line
ft LED
ght LED
Group
Alarm status
DSL
Urgent
Urgent & Non‐urge
Non‐urge
de
Table 9.8
ble 9.9 Ethe
any DCI devic
ilure
al; 2 Remote)
Remote)
interface
used for line interface
mission
line interface
interface
LED StatGreen
Off
Green blin
Amber
Off
Front‐Panel
DSL
«1», «2«3», «4
R
R
R
R
R
ent A
ent
A
A
A
A
LED behav
ernet LED b
e (Master/Sla
Red bli
Green
‐
‐
Amber
e nor Off
e ‐
tus
nking
» »
Front‐Panel & Connec‐
tor
E1 SIF
«1», «2»
viour accord
behaviour ac
ave) light with
nking Of
Gr
Am
Re
‐
‐
Am
Re
DevCon
Con
Dat
100
10 M
»
Connec‐tor
DSL
«1», «2» «3», «4»
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
ding the dev
ccording the
red or amber
ff
reen
mber
ed
mber
ed
vice Status nnection is ac
nnection is no
ta receive and
0 Mbit/s receiv
Mbit/s receive
Description
Loss of signa
Loss of fram
Loss of signa
Block‐error‐
G.826 30%
Loss of signasegment (se
SHDSL analo
Data errors regeneratio
Noise Marg
Line Attenu
Loop is activlocal device
vice status
e device sta
r if the event o
Off
Green
‐
‐
Amber
Off
‐
tive
ot active
d/or transmit
ve/transmit rat
e/transmit rate
al in an SHDSL
me alignment i
al at the remo
‐rate in an SHD
%
al or an alarmegment degra
ogue loop bac
or loss of framn segment (se
in < setup NM
ation > setup
vated from th
P
atus
of any alarm.
Off
Green
‐
‐
‐
Red
Red
ate
e
L link
in an SHDSL li
ote SHDSL side
DSL line accor
m on a regenerdation)
ck is activated
me alignmentegment alarm
MTHR value
LATHR value
e remote dev
age 62 of 152
n
nk
e
rding to
ration
on a m)
vice to the
2
P4/P2 U
ECA
SIFLOOP1
DTR-OFF
HW-F
Mi
t
DSL-F
“A” – amber“R” – red LE“RB” – red LTo display an
9.3 Man
P4/P2 deviceeither serial Serial interfacovered in th The preferreUsing this meSNMP (Simp The managemlike G.826 pa
9.3.1 Ma
9.3.1.1 Te
The TELNET (Telnet protoAfter openin“user” users
RCONF
LOS‐S
E11E1
2E1
3E1
4
LFA‐S
AIS‐S
BER‐S
LOOP1
AIS‐R
User Guid
SIF
Mai
nten
ance
Tab
r LED ED LED blinking n urgent alarm
nagemen
es feature inteinterface or v
ace managemhis manual.
d method forethod a user hle Network M
ment and diagarameters or a
anagemen
elnet
(TELecommuncol can fully ag the Telnet swho can only
E1‐1, E1‐2,E1‐3,E1‐4
de
RB
RB
ble 9.10 Ala
m has the high
nt of P4/P
egrated manavia Ethernet in
ent is used by
r local and remhas a wide ran
Management P
gnostic functiany G.SHDSL l
t by Ether
nication NETwaccess and masession, therey view parame
R
A
A
A
rm LEDs of
hest priority (o
P2 Devic
gement and dnterface.
y qualified DCI
mote P4/P2 mnge of optionsProtocol) – all
onality allowsink quality.
rnet Interf
work) access isanage P4/P2 dis a user autheters and stati
A
A
A
A
A
A
f an P4/P2 t
overwrite a no
ces
diagnostic fun
I personnel ma
management iss of access incare fully integ
s users to con
face
s made througdevices. hentication: “aistics. Initially
Cable is not
Local loop f
DTR off det
Hardware fa
DSL signal
telecomms
n-urgent alarm
nctionality. Th
ainly for engin
s via any availacluding: a Telngrated.
figure the dev
gh the Ethern
admin” users,y passwords ar
Configuratiocompatible device (for econfigured tremote devstreams)
Loss of signa
Loss of fram
Receiving A
Excessive bl
Loop is activ
Receiving A
t connected
forced by line
tected
ailure
processor init
variant dev
m).
e access to th
neering purpo
able Ethernetnet session, th
vices, receive
et network. A
, who can chare empty. In t
on of the remowith the confexample, the to transmit Etice is configur
al on the Е1 si
me alignment o
IS on the E1 s
ock error rate
vated towards
IS on the E1 s
P
e 141
tialization fail
vices
his functionalit
oses and there
t interface. he WEB interf
additional inf
Any computer
ange configurahis case the
ote device is nfiguration of tlocal device isthernet data, red to transm
ide
on the E1 side
ide
e on the Е1 sid
s the Е1 equip
ide of a remo
age 63 of 152
ure
ty is done via
efore is not
face and the
formation
with the
ations and
not he local s while the it two E1
e
de
pment
te device
2
P4/P2 U
authenticatiopasswords foauthenticatioExample: Thecomputer: teIf no symbolscorrect confior repeater.
9.3.1.2 W
The WEB intemanagemendisplay the stthe modem)and statistics
Menu option
Basic help orbutton must changes is to
User Guid
on is not perfoor both types on fails, it cane managemenelnet <IP‐addrs are receivediguration, eve
WEB
erface is usedt computer vitatistics you s. After the cons (there are se
ns on the left
r commands pbe pressed, f
o press the [Co
de
ormed and usof users. If aun be repeated nt through a Tress> d by the modeery SHDSL mod
d to display staia any Etherneshould enter tnnection is eseveral pages a
Figur
lead to a tab b
parameters defollowed by [Aonfirm] butto
Figure 9.
sers automaticuthentication up to three tiTelnet session
em over the tedem with an I
atistics and doet interface. Ahe commandstablished, theavailable):
e 9.16 WEB
based set up o
escription is pApply All] to an.
.17 WEB int
cally have theis successful, imes, and afte can be activa
elnet connectP address can
o configuratioAny WEB brow: http://X.X.Xe active windo
B interface –
or monitoring
rovided. Wheactivate the ne
terface – “P
e administratothe modem mer it the conneated by a stan
ion within 5 mn be reached;
on when the Swser can be usX.X on the WEow of the WEB
– “P4/P2 Ala
g sub‐menus.
en device confew configurat
P4/P2 Config
or rights. Only main menu is dection breaks.dard comman
minutes, this sit does not m
HDSL line cardsed to access tEB browser. (XB browser dis
arms”
figuration is cotion. The final
guration”
P
y “admin” userdisplayed. If . nd on any Win
session breaksmatter if near e
ds are connecthe WEB inteX.X.X.X is the Iplays the follo
ompleted, the step in config
age 64 of 152
rs can set
ndows
s. And with end, far end
cted to the rface. To P‐address of owing alarms
e [Save] guration
2
P4/P2 U
All tables arethe left part in the left paDSL Statistics
User Guid
Figure 9e displayed dyof the windowart of the winds (G.826), TCP
de
.18 WEB intynamically. Thw of the WEB dow. The WEBP/IP & ICMP St
terface – “Pe parametersbrowser to dB interface of tatistics, Net (
P4/P2 Confis in the tablesisplay the necthe SHDSL lin(WAN) Statist
guration‐De are refreshedcessary table. e card has folics, Command
evice Manad every 5 secoThe softwarelowing windod Reference.
P
agement” onds. Click thee version is alsows: Alarms, D
age 65 of 152
e button in so displayed DSL Status,
2
P4/P2 U
Figure 9.19
9.3.1.3 S
The SNMP (SUnlike other manage the
User Guid
9 WEB inte
NMP
Simple Netwomanagementunit, but also
de
rface – “P4/
rk Managemet protocols suinforms the u
/P2 DSL StaTCP/IP
ent Protocol) ich as Telnet, Suser of change
atus, StatistiP, ICMP Stat
is used to moSSH and HTTPes in the devic
ics G.826, Wtistics”
nitor the statuP, the SNMP pce status whe
WAN (Net) S
us and to manprotocol not on managemen
P
Statistics, E1
nage networkonly allows an nt session wa
age 66 of 152
1 Statistics,
devices. operator to s inactive.
2
P4/P2 U
The SNMP prSNMP‐Serveplatforms. Th
The NMS Serand receivesBase (MIB) inIdentificationthe status ofpath, or, if usbe "2" in the
The following
MIB II
IF‐MIB
NATE
DS1‐M
RMON
RS‐23
BRIDG
Q‐BRI
RSTP‐
Local and Reand device vConsole inteManagemenNetwork Elemthe following
V1, is
V2c, is
V3, is
Depending o
for th
User Guid
rotocol has a r that is actuahe ‘FlexView’
rver authentic SNMP messan plain text filn (OID) numbef LAN port. Thsing MIB file, e first example
g MIB files are
I RFC1213‐MI
B, RFC‐2863, M
KS‐MIB, MIB f
MIB, RFC‐2495
N‐MIB, RFC‐28
32‐MIB, RFC‐1
GE‐MIB, RFC‐4
IDGE‐MIB, RFC
‐MIB, RFC‐431
mote Manageiews. It accepracts with thet Console canments are copg versions of S
initial version
s the updated
the latest ver
on the SNMP p
e SNMP V1: G
de
client‐server bally a softwareNetwork Man
Figure
cates local andages and storee can be impoers and their ce network adthe same varie, or "down" if
e supported:
B, a standard
MIB descriptio
for the Nateks
5, MIB describ
819 remote m
659 for serial
4188, a standa
C‐4363, an ex
18, an extende
ement Consolpts the user ace SNMP Serven coexist with pper and fiberSNMP protoco
n of SNMP pro
d version of SN
rsion featured
protocol versi
GET, GET NEXT
background. Te and availablenagement Sys
9.20 The st
d remote Manes various dataorted into thecontent to theministrator caiable can be ref MIB file is us
MIB for all de
ons of interfac
s equipment i
bing E1 stream
monitoring for
interfaces is p
ard MIB for Et
tended MIB fo
ed MIB for RST
e are intendections such as r via the Remthe SNMP‐Ser modems, cool:
otocol
NMP protocol
d authenticatio
on, the follow
T, SET, TRAP
The modems e free or comstem (NMS) fr
tructure of S
nagement Conabases include SNMP Servere human readan check the Seached at thesed.
evices is fully s
ces is fully sup
is fully suppor
ms is partially
r statistics is fu
partially supp
thernet Bridge
or Ethernet B
TP protocol is
ed for the grapmouse clicks,ote Procedurerver on the sanverters and
l featured bul
on and messa
wing SNMP me
act as SNMP‐Amercially fromom DCI is also
SNMP‐base
nsoles and inting the MIB dr for the purpdable format. SNMP variablee RFC1213‐MI
supported
pported
rted
supported
ully supported
orted
es is fully supp
ridges is parti
s fully support
phical represe, zooming, keye Call (RPC) daame PC or woother networ
k requests an
age encryption
essages are su
Agents, they cm various veno available.
d NMS.
teracts with otatabase. The ose of translaFor example, e with the OIDB|ifOperStatu
d
ported
ally supported
ted
entation of ney pressings, etata in TCP/IP erk on a separak devices. Net
d long counte
n. Two users a
upported:
P
communicatedors for diffe
ther NMS SerManagementating the Objeit is requesteD 1.3.6.1.2.2.1us address. Its
d
etwork map, dtc. The Managenvelope. Theate computertwork Elemen
ers
are actually su
age 67 of 152
with the rent
rvers. It sends t Information ct d to check 1.2.2.1.8 s content can
device icons gement e r. nts support
upported.
2
P4/P2 U
for th
for th
GET and REAElement. SET or WRITEElement. TRAP messagNetwork Elemthe TRAP memessages.
The following
cold S
authe
linkUp
linkDo
dsx1L
device
newR
RMON
NOTE: Tprotocols Console a
User Guid
e SNMP V2c:
e SNMP V3: R
AD messages i
E message init
ges initiated bment. For exaessage will be
g TRAP messa
Start (RFC‐121
entication Fail
p (RFC‐1213‐M
own (RFC‐121
LineStatusCha
e specific trap
Root and topo
N Event (RMO
F
The NMS Sesuch as Te
and Networ
de
GET, GET NEX
READ, WRITE,
nitialized by t
tialized by the
by the Networample, if port send to the d
ages are suppo
15)
ure (RFC‐1215
MIB, IF‐MIB)
13‐MIB, IF‐MIB
nge (DS1‐MIB
ps (nateks.mib
logyChange (R
ON‐MIB)
Figure 9.21
erver is not elnet, SSH ark Element d
XT, GET BULK,
TRAP
he SNMP Serv
e SNMP Serve
rk Element. Thgoes Down ordirection of th
orted:
5)
B)
B)
b)
RFC‐4188, BRI
Message ex
involved intand HTTP. directly.
, SET, TRAP
ver and intend
er and intende
hese messager Up, if the dee SNMP Serve
IDGE‐MIB)
xchange in
to the messThese sess
ded for gettin
ed for changin
es carry informevice has beener. Two destin
SNMP‐base
sage exchasions are in
ng information
ng the SNMP v
mation about sn restarted, ornations are su
ed networks
nge for manitiated betw
P
n from the Ne
variable of the
status changer if the alarm apported for T
s.
nagement ween Manag
age 68 of 152
etwork
e Network
e of the appeared, TRAP
gement
2
P4/P2 U
Figur
9.3.1.4 SS
The SSH (Secencrypted wcredentials cThe P4/P2 mclients and inDefault Port User will havThe SSH clienfor Linux/Un
NOTE: On lo
9.3.1.5 R
The RADIUS from a singlehave to be crcredentials mthe RADIUS s
NOTE: RAenabled be
User Guid
re 9.22 SNM
SH
cure SHell) proith a key and can be safely tmodems act asnitialize Login/22 can be chave access to thnt is a softwarix/MACOS X s
n Linux/UNIXgin name, if
RADIUS
(Remote Authe place. Unlikereated for evemust be createserver and req
ADIUS subsysefore activat
de
MP– “Alarm
otocol is used can't be read transmitted ovs SSH server. T/Password seanged for the he CLI after sure for PC. We systems.
X/MACOS X sit differs fro
hentication ine the local autery single united and storedquest user aut
stem dependting the RAD
statistics”,
to access P4/if interceptedver public netThey listen by quence if consecurity reaso
uccessful loginsuggest the u
systems run m the name
Dial‐In User Sthentication at in the netwod only once onthentication a
ds on AdvancIUS service
“Informatio
/P2 devices ovd by an intrudtworks. default to TCnection appeons. n. use of ‘PuTTY’
ssh commane of the user
Service) is useand authorisatork, the RADIUn the RADIUS sand authorisat
ced Security
on about th
ver IP networkder. Therefore
P Port 22 for ars.
for the Micro
nd with ‐l parwho initialis
ed to authentition, where UUS authenticatserver. The retion.
settings. SEC
e device”, “
ks. Unlike Teln User data suc
incoming con
osoft (c) Windo
rameter to sed the SSH s
cate and authSERNAME/PAtion and authoemote RADIUS
CURE ON com
P
“G.826 stati
net, the SSH pch as login an
nections from
ows and build
pecify the desession.
horise remoteASSWORD/ACCorisation meaS clients will c
mmand has
age 69 of 152
istics”
packets are nd password
m remote
d‐in ssh client
evice
e devices CESS_RIGHTS ans that user onnect to
to be
2
P4/P2 U
P4/P2 modethe operator
NOTE: Ththe devicenetwork.
P4/P2 RADI
The authentithrough TelnLOGIN promauthenticatiooperator willor shared keyauthenticatioIf first RADIUuser at the sekeeps runninIf the whole operator usin
NOTE: It running an
9.3.1.5.1 R
As an exampSpecific AttriFree‐radius sbecause of si
Vendor confiFirst of all weneed to crea
File is located
# # # Radius sett# # VENDOR BEGIN‐VENDATTRIBUTE END‐VENDO
As a second s
Parameter
Server IP
Server port
Shared key
Retries
Timeout, se
User Guid
ms act as a RAr requests acc
he current ree operator. It
US client sup
ication and aunet, SSH or Serpt appears. Oon request to l be authorizey doesn't maton attempts pUS server didnecond RADIUSng until the nuauthenticationg the local u
is not possibnd accessible
RADIUS Serv
ple we will conibutes field duserver can stoimplicity.
iguration. Filee need to tell te the followi
d at /usr/shar
tings for DCI un
DCI 4249
DOR DCI DCI‐Rights 0R DCI
step we need
conds
de
ADIUS client. Iess command
ealisation of Rt is not inten
ports one or tw
uthorisation prial interface,
Operator enterthe first RAD
ed and access tch the serverper session. 't reply duringS server. If theumber of retrion sequence faser record.
ble to authene from the bu
ver Setup wit
nfigure free‐rauring messageore its configu
e dictionary.dcfree‐radius seng text file:
re/freeradius/
nits
9
0 string
to connect n
Value
IP Address
0-65535
String (64 symbols)
0-10
1-5
It will requestd line or from
RADIUS protded for gran
wo RADIUS
rocess has thor if he opensrs the USERNAIUS server. If tto CLI or WEBr database rec
g a defined time second serves counter exails, the build‐
nticate user wuild‐in client
th Defined Ve
adius server rue exchange. ration in SQL
ci erver to use V
/dictionary.dc
ewly created
Descr
s IP add
UDP PDefau
A passclientsunique
NumbRADIU
Time isecond
t user authentthe WEB inte
tocol is designting or disal
servers. The f
e following scs WEB sessionAME/PASSWOthe USERNAMB interface wilcord, the acce
meout, the buver didn't replyxpires. The nu‐in modem RA
with local us.
endor Specifi
unning on a Li
database or in
Vendor Specifi
ci
Vendor Speci
ription
dress of prima
Port, the RADult port is 1812
sphrase. It mus. If two RADe for each serv
ber of retries, tIUS servers. 0
interval betweds.
tication and arface of the d
gned for authlowing an ac
following opti
cenario: as soon and connectORD pair and tME/PASSWORll be granted. ss will be den
uilt‐in modemy, the client trmber of retrieADIUS client t
er record, if
fic Attributes
inux Debian/U
n plain text fil
c Attribute fo
fic file to the
ry and second
DIUS server is2.
ust be the sameDIUS servers aver.
the client will means no atte
een authentica
uthorisation fevice.
hentication access from LA
ions are config
on as operatots to the HTTPthe RADIUS clD pair match If either USERied.. The Ope
RADIUS clienries the first sees is user defiries to authen
at least one
Ubuntu platfo
es. We will se
r the access t
free‐radius di
dary RADIUS
listening for
e for RADIUSare used, the p
use to authenempts. Defaul
ation attempts
P
from the RAD
and authorisaAN ports to t
gurable:
or opens consoP server of theient (modemthe server daRNAME/PASSWerator is allow
nt tries to autherver again. Tned. nticate and au
RADIUS serv
orm. Server wi
elect latter me
o DCI equipm
ictionary file:
S Server.
incoming con
S server and apassphrase can
nticate the userlt value is 2.
. Default valu
age 70 of 152
DIUS server if
ation of the
ole session e device, the ) sends tabase, the WORD pair, ed 3
henticate the This sequence
uthorise the
ver is
ill use Vendor
ethod
ment. We
nnections.
all n be
r on both
ue is 2
2
r
P4/P2 U
File is located
String to add
$INCLUDE
If Vendor Spe<Vendor‐Specontains the
Client configWe need to d
Client configpassphrase.
# DCI P4/# Modems # phrase.# RADIUS client 19 secret requir nastyp}
User configuWe need to c
User records
# P4/P2 UP4P2ADMIN DCI-Rig Framed- Framed- # P4/P2 UP4P2USER DCI-Rig DCI-Rig DCI-Rig DCI-Rig Framed- Framed- # P4/P2 UP4P2OPERA DCI-Rig DCI-Rig Framed- Framed-
NOTE: Dpseudo
9.3.1.5.2
Alternativelyfield in user c
User configuWe need to c
User records
# P4/P2 UP4P2ADMIN Vendor- Framed-
User Guid
d at /usr/shar
d:
dictionary
ecific Attributecific> <4249 0user privilege
uration. File cdefine RADIUS
uration file coFile is located
/P2 Clientsfrom netwo
. Don't forSECRET com
92.168.1.0/t = My1stSere_message_pe = other
ration. File uscreate USERS
s are located a
User with AN Cleartextghts = ALL,-IP-Address-IP-Netmask
User with UCleartext-
ghts = CONTghts += TESghts += STAghts += CON-IP-Address-IP-Netmask
User with RATOR Cleartghts = TESTghts += STA-IP-Address-IP-Netmask
Don`t forget service f
Simplified R
y we can setupconfiguration
ration. File uscreate USERS
s are located a
User with AN Cleartext-Specific =-IP-Address
de
re/freeradius/
y.dci
tes are used, t0 ACCESS_RIGes.
clients.conf. S clients
ontains the IP d at /etc/freer
s ork 192.168rget to addmmand /24 { ecretCode4R_authentica
sers with appropr
at /etc/freerad
Administratt-Password , s = 192.168k = 255.255
User rights-Password :TROL, ST, ATUS, NFIG, s = 192.168k = 255.255
Read-only rtext-PasswoT, ATUS, s = 192.168k = 255.255
to restart frfreeradiu
RADIUS Se
p the freeradifile instead
sers with appropr
at /etc/freerad
Administratt-Password = ALL, s = 192.168
/dictionary
the server willGHTS_STRING>
addresses of adius/clients.
8.1.0/24 wid "sharing
Radius ator = no
riate rights
dius/users
tion rights:= "AdminP
8.169.0, 5.255.0
s. Basic ch:= "UserPas
8.169.0, 5.255.0
rights ord := "Ope
8.169.0, 5.255.0
reeradius seus restar
erver Setup
us server with
riate rights
dius/users
tion rights:= "AdminP
8.1.0,
l send the me>. Here 4249
the modems conf
ill be authsecret" to
s Pass"
hange of coss"
eratorPass"
erver after crt comman
hout Vendor S
s Pass"
essage containis Vendor ID o
with build‐in
henticated o P4/P2 mod
onfiguratio
"
changing cond.
Specific dictio
ning two fieldsof DCI. ACCESS
RADIUS client
using secrdem using
on
onfiguration
nary file and d
P
s: S_RIGHTS_ST
ts and shared
ret
using
declare Vendo
age 71 of 152
RING
secret
or‐Specific
2
P4/P2 U
Framed- # P4/P2 UP4P2USER Vendor- Vendor- Vendor- Vendor- Framed- Framed- # P4/P2 UP4P2OPERA Vendor- Vendor- Framed- Framed-
Without Ven
<Vendor‐Spe
Client config
Client configWe need to d
Client configpassphrase.
# DCI P4/# Modems # phrase.# RADIUS client 19 secret requir nastyp}
NOTE: Dpseudo
9.3.1.5.3
The <Vendoris possible tothe CLI are dtoo. Some co
Privileges
Hierarchy Top Level ALL
User Guid
-IP-Netmask
User with UCleartext-
-Specific =-Specific +-Specific +-Specific +-IP-Address-IP-Netmask
User with RATOR Cleart-Specific =-Specific +-IP-Address-IP-Netmask
ndor Specific A
ecific> <ACCES
uration file co
uration. File cdefine RADIUS
uration file coFile is located
/P2 Clientsfrom netwo
. Don't forSECRET com
92.168.1.0/t = My1stSere_message_pe = other
Don`t forget service f
Configuring
r‐Specific> or o grant or discivided into 3 lommands are
Levels Group
CONTROL[CTRL] TEST [T]
de
k = 255.255
User rights-Password := CONTROL, += TEST, += STATUS, += CONFIG, s = 192.168k = 255.255
Read-only rtext-Passwo= TEST, += STATUS, s = 192.168k = 255.255
Attributes def
SS_RIGHTS_ST
ontains the sa
clients.conf. S clients
ontains the IP d at /etc/freer
s ork 192.168rget to addmmand /24 { ecretCode4R_authentica
to restart frfreeradiu
g User Acce
<DCI‐Rights> card access to levels. Selectiavailable for
Subgrou
L
5.255.0
s. Basic ch:= "UserPas
8.1.0, 5.255.0
rights ord := "Ope
8.1.0, 5.255.0
ined, the serv
TRING>. No ve
me informatio
addresses of adius/clients.
8.1.0/24 wid "sharing
Radius ator = no
reeradius seus restar
ess Rights
field in RADIUvarious common of upper leevery user, th
Descrp
Commlevel for evadditiauthorequirOperaremotTest o
hange of coss"
eratorPass"
ver will send t
endor ID will b
on as in the p
the modems conf
ill be authsecret" to
erver after crt comman
US configuratimands and meevel means thhey can’t be re
ription
mands of this are available
veryone. No ional
orization is red ation of te devices of the device
onfiguratio
"
he message c
be attached to
previous exam
with build‐in
henticated o P4/P2 mod
changing cond.
on tells the clenu items of that the commaevoked.
Related c
ALARM ALARM TDISCONNLINKCLE
CONNECT
LOOP1 LOOP2 STARTALRESTART
on
ontaining two
o the message
ple.
RADIUS client
using secrdem using
onfiguration
ient what accthe modem deands from low
commands
T NECT EAR
T
L T
P
o fields:
e.
ts and shared
ret
using
cess rights theevice. All comw levels will be
TLM SENSOR ACO SOFTINFO
LINK
PING MACTABLE MACTABLE BERT Subm
age 72 of 152
secret
e user has. It mmands of e selected
C menu
2
P4/P2 U
ALL
User Guid
ADMIN [A]
STATUS [S]
CONFIG [C]
de
:LINK
:LINKC
:LAN
:LANC
:VIEW
:LINK
:LAN
Admithe de
Link
All cofrom of theEther
All cofrom of Ethcounttable
DispldevicconfigAll cofrom E1 aninterfconfig
All cofrom config
inistration of evice
status
ommands LINK + reset
e counters rnet status
ommands LAN + reset hernet ters and MAC
laying of e guration ommands VIEW +line,
nd Nx64 face guration
ommands VIEW + LANguration
DIFF DUMP SERNUMLICENSEACO chaRESET BACKUPRESTORELOAD TLM D TLM S TLM C SENSOR [O/C] TFTP
G826 G826 CG826 E1G826 E1ALLG826LINKSTALINKALAALARMLO
t RESETG8RESETAL
NETSTATNETERR
C
RESETNEMACTABL
CONFIGNETCONF
DEFAULTAUTO MASTEREXT BASERATPAM PAYLOADANNEX SETCLOCMULTIPARESERVEG704 CRC4 AISDETAISGENDSLTS WANTS
N NETDEFARSTP DERSTP STRSTP ..PBVLANMODE [IVLAN QOS
E ange
E
[N]
1 1 C 6 AT ARM OG 826 LLG826
T
ETSTAT LE C
FIG
T
TE
D
CK AIR E
AULT EFAULT TATE ..
IF]
P
SOFTUPDATSOFTCONFIID RESPONSE PASSWORD NMTHR LATHR LICENSE ADEFAULT EVERYTHINSECURE LOG USERS USER APPLY CONFIRM NM LINKNM STATUS STATUS T STATUS L STATUS EXPOWER DIA
ALARMLOG
STATUS ETMACTABLE
COSCONFIGRSTP CONF
E1CLOCK E1MODE POWER GSCOMPAT PTMP MODE N RSRATE RSFORMAT RSDUPLEX AUTOLOOP EXTCLOCK N64RATE WAN WANIDLE APPLY CONFIRM
ETHSD FC IRATE ERATE CRATE COS PING APPLY
age 73 of 152
TE IRM
ADD
NG
XT AG
C
TH
G F
2
P4/P2 U
NOTE: TheIf group haTo define sThe WEB i
In the RADIU
User P4P2ADP4P2USER haCONFIG. P4P2OPERATto TEST + STA
User Guid
e abridgemeas been entesubgroup, tynterface will
US Server conf
DMIN has full as partial acce
TOR can only pATUS.
de
:SNMP
:NET
ents in braceered withoutype it after gl follow the r
figuration exa
access to the ess, because <
perform tests
All cofrom SNMPconfigAll cofrom config
s “[ ]” can be subgroup deroup name wrights of CLI i
mple three di
device, becau<Vendor‐Spec
s and check de
ommands VIEW +
MP guration ommands VIEW + IP guration
e entered insefinitions, alwith “:” in thinterface.
ifferent users
use <Vendor‐Scific> or <DCI‐R
evice status, b
ALLOW VID TRAPIPCOMMUNISNMPSETSNMPACLSETIP GATEWAYNETMASKMTU SYSLOG
stead of coml subgroups e beginning
have been de
Specific> or <DRights> filed is
because <Vend
ITY T L
Y K
mplete name.will becomeof a subgrou
efined in the u
DCI‐Rights> fies set to CONT
dor‐Specific>
P
CONFIRM
RMONALARMRMONEVENTAPPLY CONFIRM SNTP APPLY CONFIRM PING
. e available. up.
users file.
eld is set to ATROL + TEST +
or <DCI‐Right
age 74 of 152
M T
ALL. STATUS +
ts> field is set
2
P4/P2 U
10 Prog
10.1 Com
PM Performamanagem
G826 G826 C G826 E1 G826 E1 C ALLG826 N RESETG826 RESETALLG82NETSTAT [LANNETERR [LANRESETNETSTALINKSTAT LINKALARM ALARMLOG [NALARMLOG CCONNECT [N:APPLY [ALL/GLINK [NN] LINKDIAG LINKCLEAR M(AIN) H(ELP)
User Guid
grammi
mmand S
ance ment
26 N N/WAN]
N/WAN] AT
N] C [1-13/R]]
GROUP]
de
ing guid
Structure
FMM
NM LINKNMLINKALALARMALARMLINKDIASTATUSSTATUSSTATUSSTATUSSTATUSSTATUSLOOP1 [LOOP2 [ALARMALARMACO ACO [GRMACTAMACTAMACTASTARTARESTARRESET CONFIRBACKURESTORDIFF [N/DUMP [NLOAD TLM TLM D TLM S [TLM C LOG LOG C SOFTUPTFTP [CSOFTCOSOFTINPING x.xLINKSTRSTP [CMODEMSD SNASD DIR SD DEL SD SAVSD LOASD BOOSD STATAPPLY CONNECLINK [NLINKCLBERT ▬M(AIN) H(ELP)
de
e
Fault and maintemanagement
M LARM
MLOG [N] MLOG C
AG S S T S L S ETH S EXT S RADIUS [ON/OFF] [N] [N:[A/R]] [ON/O
M M T
ROUP] [ON/OFFABLE C ABLE [1-8/OTHEABLE AL [N] RT [N]
RM P
RE /R/S/B] [N/R/S/BN/R/S/B]
N:Rnn-Rkk] [AB
PDATE CMD] [ARG1][ARONFIRM FO x.x.x
TAT CONF/STATE] MVIEW
PSHOT
[NAME] E [N=0..9]
AD [N=0..9] OT [ON/OFF]
TUS [ALL/GROUP] CT [N:[1-13/R]]
NN] LEAR ▬► START
STOP TRACE SHOW RES SET [E11-PATD [2ETS [TX/RXCONF APPLY [ACONNECLINK [NNLINKCLE
Main Menu
enance
OFF]
F]
ER/Port]
B]
BC]
RG2]
-E12] [IN/EXT]En/bitsring]
RX] [list/NONE]
ALL/GROUP] CT [N:[1-13/R]] N] EAR
CM Configmanag
SECURE [ONUSERS USER [name]USER [name]USER [name]USER [name]USER [name]PASSWORD AUTO [ON/OCONFIG CONFIG [N/RMASTER [ONEXT [ON/OFFBASERATE [PAM [16/32] PAYLOAD [lANNEX [A,BSETCLOCK [MULTIPAIR RESERVE [liG704 [ON/OFCRC4 [ON/OFAISDET [ON/AISGEN [ONDSLTS [list] [WANTS [list]E1CLOCK {sE1MODE {moID string RESPONSE [NDEFAULT [0DEFAULT EVDEFAULT DESERNUM GSCOMPAT NMTHR [N/OLATHR [N/OPTMP [ADD|DPTMP SHOWG703CLOCKMODE [N] LICENSE LICENSE ADAPPLY [ALLCONNECT [NLINK [NN] LINKCLEARRSIP {option}RSRATE [N]RSFORMAT RSDUPLEX [START AUTOLOOP EXTCLOCK NET ▬▬►M(AIN) H(ELP)
guration gement N/OFF]
DEL [+|-] [PRIV] [IP] [subnet] [LOCAL/ALL] {user}
OFF]
R/S/B] N/OFF] [N] F] [N] [N/AUTO] [M] [N] ist] [N]
B,A/B] [N] [list] [N] [2/3/4/2+2/OFF] st1] {list2}
FF] [N] FF] [N] /OFF] [N]
N/OFF] [N] [N] [N] ource} [N] ode} [N]
NN/OFF] -4] VERYTHING ESC
[ON/OFF] OFF] FF] DEL] [IF]
W [DSL/INT/RX]
DD [key] L/GROUP] N:[1-13/R]]
R } [IF]
[Format] [F/H]
OFF/ALL/DATA[SRC] [DIR]
► NETCONFINETCONFICOSCONFICOSCONFIRSTP DEFARSTP [CONRSTP [BR/IRSTP [A..EPBVLAN [IMODE [IF]VLAN [IF] QOS [IF] [0ALLOW [IFVID [1-8] ID
P
]
A
IG IG [N/R/S/B] IG IG [N/R/S/B] AULT NF/STATE] IF] [OPT] [N]
E] [ON/OFF] IF] [A..E] ] [ACC/TRUNK/[1..8]
0..7] F] [VLAN list] D
age 75 of 152
/MIX]
2
P4/P2 U
Table 10
10.2 P4/P
Due to the mfirmware and
PSU Tran Data
Of these threbelow. PSU a All P4/P2 devsoftware No.failure due tofirmware. During downmodem is susoftware. Aft
User Guid
0.1 Comman
P2 Firmw
multiple redund each has its U (power suppnsmission moa Switch modee only the Trand Data Swit
vices store up.1) and anotho downloadin
nloading, the nccessful, a meter the restart
de
d structure a
ware
ndancy designown firmwar
ply) and LCD codule ule ransmission mch module fir
p to two firmwer, upgradeabg of faulty or
new firmwareessage appeat, i.e., when th
M(AIN) H(ELP)
according to
, P4 have threre upgrade proontroller mod
module is set umware is upg
ware versions ble firmware (damaged firm
e overwrites thrs that the mohe new versio
o ITU‐T Rec. M
ee independeocedure. Thedule
up for customegraded by spec
in the memor(software No.mware or due
he upgradeabodem should on of the upgr
M.3400 (Tele
nt micro systeese three main
er premises ficialist personn
ry (EEPROM): 2). Two versioto hardware
ble firmware. be restarted traded firmwar
MACLIST SMACLIST SMACLIST [MACLIST [MACFILTEMACRULESETIP x.x.xGATEWAYNETMASKMTU [68..1WANIDLE ETHSD [MFC [ON/OFIRATE [speERATE [spCRATE [spCOS [QOS/SNMP [V1|SNMPACL TRAPIP [1/TRAP [1/2]TRAP [1/2]COMMUNICOMMUNISNMPSET SNMP [ROSNMP [ROSNMP [RORMONALARMONEVESNTP [1/2] SNTP TZ [+DST [SUMMDST [OFF/ISYSLOG [1[SSH|TELNSSH PORT RADIUS [1RADIUS [1RADIUS RERADIUS TIRADIUS [1STATUS RANETDEFAUAPPLY [ALCONNECT LINK [NN]LINKCLEAM(AIN) H(ELP)
ecomms Man
ems, each witn systems are:
rmware upgranel at DCI wor
one ‘unchangons are necessfailure during
If the new firmto start operatre is started fo
P
SHOW SHOW [N/R/S/B[IF] ADD [MAC[IF] DEL [MAC/ER [LAN1-5] [ONE [LAN1-5] [rulex.x Y x.x.x.x K x.x.x.x 1500]
E [1/7E] MODE] [N=1-4] FF] [N=1-4] eed/OFF] [N=1-4peed/OFF] peed] [CoS] [WAN/VLAN] [N] [0..3|V2C|V3] [ON|OF
L [1/2] [IP/OFF] /2] [IP/OFF] ] [V1/V2C] ] V3 [RO/RW] ITY ITY [GET/SET/T[ON/OFF]
O|RW] NAME O|RW] AUTH [MO|RW] PRIV [MOARM N [ON/OFFENT N [ON/OFF [IP/OFF] +/-]HH:MM MER|WINTER] INFO/NAME] 1/2] [IP/OFF]
NET|HTTP] [ON/ [N]
1/2] [IP:P/OFF] 1/2] SECRET
RETRIES [0..10] IMEOUT [1..5]
1/2] TEST RADIUS [N/R/S/B
ULT LL/GROUP]
T [N:[1-13/R]] ] AR
nagement N
h its own func:
ades – that arrkshops.
geable’ firmwsary to preveg downloading
mware downlting under thor the first tim
age 76 of 152
B] C] /N] N/OFF] ]
4]
N] 3/OFF] FF]
TRAP]
ODE] ODE] F] ]
/OFF]
B]
etworks)
ctional
re described
are (standby nt any device g of the new
oading via X‐e new me, the
2
P4/P2 U
operator shodownloadingdata has alreunchangeablfirmware. By default, thconfirmed afloaded.
10.3 Con
The whole thbackup confiThe running modems havrunning confnext restart oof the runninThe startup cThe startup cstart‐up. The new conconfirmationexample, IP‐achanges fromare written fthe group is gThe backup cDuring the co
All configura
config
config
configConfiguratiothe restart ththese configu
Loading
User Guid
ould confirm tg was interrupeady been parle firmware w
he upgradeabfter the first st
nfiguratio
he system stoiguration. configurationve the same vefiguration is stor any actionsng configuraticonfigurationconfiguration
nfiguration ston of changes (iaddress of them the group, tfrom the new guaranteed. configurationonfiguration r
tion paramet
guration param
guration param
guration paramn changes, whhe device conurations are c
Figure 1
Startup confi
Running config
New configu
de
the downloadpted or there wrtially downloawill be used to
ble firmware istart or it was
on and A
res four config
n contains all ersion of the stored in the Rs on the runnion are loadedn contains all cis stored in E
ores changes i.e. this confige device). Thethe system adconfiguration
n is a backup orestoration, va
ers are divide
meters applie
meters applie
meters requirhich are used tinues workincopied from th
0.1 Operati
guration
guration
ration
Restori
ed software. Awas a failure iaded into the start the mod
s the ‘active’ odamaged (inv
Applicati
gurations: run
configurationsoftware and AM of the deving configuratd from the staconfiguration EPROM and is
in configuratiguration storee new configuministrator con into the runn
of the current alues from the
d into three g
ed after the re
ed instantly
ring a confirmafter the restng according the startup con
ions of the c
Saving o(comm
Changing v
ng from backup c
After confirmin the data tra modem and dem. If the lat
one, if it was cvalid data form
on Stora
nning configu
n values guarathe same runvice. The currtion (storage artup configurvalues which s used to initia
on parameteres settings, tharation is storeonfirms changning one. In th
configuratione backup conf
groups accord
estart
ation tart, are writteo its “old” connfiguration int
configuratio
Backup confi
of backup copymand BACKUP)
Configuratio
values
copy
ation, this sofansmission, a the upgradeatter occurs, pl
confirmed. If tmat, incorrect
age
ration, startup
ntee the currnning configurrent parameteand etc.). Duration. will be used talize the runn
rs combined iat should be ced in the devicges in the grohis case, the s
n. The backupfiguration are
ding to their ap
en into the stanfiguration. Dto the running
on paramet
iguration
n changing
ftware becommessage is dible software ease repeat t
the upgradeab checksum), t
p configuratio
ent operationration they shoers determineing initializatio
to configure thing configurat
nto groups of confirmed aftece RAM. Afterup, and valueimultaneous a
configurationcopied to the
pplication:
artup configururing the devg one and thu
ters after th
P
mes ‘unchangeisplayed. In this damaged, tthe download
ble software wthe standby so
on, new config
n of the deviceould operate e the operatioon the initial
he device aftetion during th
f parameters ter being chanr setting all nes belonging toapplication of
n is stored in te startup conf
ration, but bevice restart, thus become val
he restart
age 77 of 152
eable’. If his case, if thethe ing of the
was not oftware is
guration and
e. If two equally. The n until the parameters
er its restart. he system
that require aged, for ecessary o this group f all setting in
the EEPROM. figuration.
efore doing he values of id.
2
P4/P2 U
Configuratiodevice contin
Fig Changes in cinto the newcopied from configurationchecked, therunning conf
10.4 Gro
In P4/P2 devChanging conused to applygroups LINE, managemenminutes). If tconnection w
Loading
Loa
Loading
User Guid
n changes, whnues working
gure 10.2 Op
onfigurationsw configurationthe new confns. The admine administratofiguration into
Figure 10.3
oups of C
vices the follownfigurations oy changes in c NET, VLAN wt session breathe LINE groupwithin 30 minu
Startup con
Running con
New confi
Sta
Run
N
(c
Co(coading
de
hich are used according to
perations of
, which are pan. After the adfiguration intonistrator also cor can confirmo the startup c
3 Operation
Comman
wing four groof each group configurationswere changed aks and the unp was changeutes. If within
nfiguration
nfiguration
iguration
Rest
(c
artup configuratio
nning configuratio
ew configuration
Appling of changcommand APPLY
onfirming of chanommand CONFIR
instantly, arethese configu
f the config
art of a group dministrator co the running can confirm cm this configurconfiguration.
s of configu
ds Requ
ups of parameuse some spes performed innot in the locanit waits for thd remotely (u this time the
Savin(com
Changin
Chan
oring from backu
command RESTOR
Chanvalue
on
on
n
ges )
nges M)
Restoring from
(command
e written into turations.
guration par
of configuratconfirms chanconfigurationhanges in all gration. In this .
uration para
uiring Co
eters require ecial commann a group. Aftal managemehe second conusing the CONe operator did
Backup co
ng of backup copmmand BACKUP)
ng values
Configurat
nging values
up copy
RE)
nging es
B
Saving of b(command
C
backup copyd RESTORE)
the running, s
rameters w
tions that requnges in the gro and the devigroups. After case, changes
ameters tha
onfirmatio
a confirmatiods. The APPLYter this, the unent session viannection withNECT comma not enter the
onfiguration
py
tion changing
Backup configurat
ackup copyBACKUP)
onfiguration cha
startup and ne
ith the insta
uire a confirmoup of configuce starts workthe received rs in all groups
at should be
on
on: LINE, NET, Y <name of thnit applies cha the RS‐232 inin 5 minutes (nd), the unit we modem men
tion
nging
P
ew configurat
ant applicat
mation, are initurations, this gking accordingrunning config are copied fr
e confirmed
VLAN and SNe group> comanges in confinterface but v(for the LINE gwaits for the snu, the chang
age 78 of 152
tion, and the
tion
tially written group is g to these guration is om the
d
MP. mmand is gurations. If via Telnet the group – 30 second ed
2
P4/P2 U
parameters aof the unit. A
10.5 Com
The following
param
param
the sy
in rea
after t
User Guid
are read fromA “successful”
mmand S
g rules are us
meters in angu
meters in direc
ymbol ( / ) betl commands b
the command
de
m the startup c configuration
Syntax
ed to describe
ular brackets <ct brackets [ ]tween parame
brackets and v
d is typed, pre
configuration n can become
e commands:
< > are obliga] are not obligeters requires
vertical line ar
ess <enter>
of the unit. The the startup c
atory
gatory
s to enter one
re not entere
herefore, it is configuration
e of the listed
d, they are us
possible to reby using the C
parameters
ed for descrip
P
estore the conCONFIRM com
ption
age 79 of 152
nfigurations mmand.
2
P4/P2 U
10.6 Com
10.6.1 Ma
The main me
MODEL FG-PAHW 1.1 SW 1.4.37 EDATE 29-11-ID LABOR RUNS 0d 03:ALARM URGENSTATUS LINKMODEL_DESC IP 192.168. -----------1. Performa2. Fault an3. Configur 5. Exit -----------Select [1..CX_MM>
To select the
10.6.1.1 Sy
The following
<cc>_<addr>
сс is the dev
RR ‐ R
CO –
CP – S
CX – M
CA – D
addr is the a
Regen
LTU d
sf is the shor
MM –
PM –
FMM
CM – For examplemeans the de
User Guid
mmands
ain Menu
enu is present
AM-SA2N-2E1B
EXT rates -2012
:11:25 NT K DOWN Standalone
.0.235
--- Main Menance managemnd maintenanration manag
------------.5]
e desired sub‐
ystem Invit
g format of th
>_<sf>>
ice mode:
Regenerator
Master
Slave
Modem with b
Device with a
ddress of:
nerator in the
evice in the s
rt form of the
– Main Menu
Performance
– Fault and M
Configuration
: CO_PM> evice is in the
de
ted as shown
B/2Eth, V81
Double xDSL
nu ---------ment (PM) nce managemegement (CM)
------------
menu, type th
tation
he system invi
both types of
utomatic sele
system (only
ubrack (slot n
current menu
Management
Maintenance M
n Managemen
e Master mode
below:
/Double E1/D
--------
nt (FMM)
--------
he appropriat
tation is used
modes (MAST
ection of the D
for Regenera
number, only f
u:
t
Management
nt).
e and we are
Double Ether
e number fro
d in all menus:
TER and SLAV
DSL line param
ators)
for subrack LT
in the Perform
rnet 120 Ohm
m “1” to “5” a
:
VE)
meters (MAST
TU devices)
mance Manag
m
and press <en
ER, BASERATE
*no
*no
gement menu
P
nter>.
E, PAM and AN
ot for P4/P2 u
ot for P4/P2 u
.
age 80 of 152
NNEX)
se*
se*
2
P4/P2 U
10.6.2 Ge
10.6.2.1 <H
After the <
10.6.2.2 <A
This commanand SNMP. A
CO_FMM>APPApplying a
CO_PM>APPLApplying c
10.6.2.3 <C
The <CONNEnumber of thbe absent.
Notes: 1
2
34
10.6.2.4 <L
The < LINK
SN ‐ Speslot is freunits SN
00 ‐ (dostandalo
FE ‐ (for characteappears.
Example:
LINK 10 ‐
LINK 00 ‐
LINK FE ‐
Notes: TT
10.6.2.5 <L
The < LINKCL
User Guid
eneral Com
H> Comma
H> comma
APPLY [AL
nd is used to aAs a result, ch
PLY all configu
LY LINE configurati
CONNECT
ECT N:1..13/R>he SHDSL chan
1. The <CONconfigure
2. The <CON<CONNEC
3. This comm4. If the cha
displayed
LINK [SN/0
K [SN/00/FE
cifies the slot ee (or no respshould not be
ouble zero) Swone units. In th
ever) Switchers will be tra.
‐ Establish con
‐ Establish mo
‐ Establish mo
To refuse link To refuse link
LINKCLEA
LEAR > comma
de
mmands
and
nd is entere
LL/GROUP]
apply changeshanged in the g
uration cha
ion changes
N:1..13/R>
> commands innel, over wh
NNECT R> comd locally at thNNECT N> (N=CT N> commanmand is not prnnel of remot completely),
00/FE]> Com
E]> comma
number of a ponse in 1.5 fe 00.
witches on thhis mode all ty
es on Monitoanslated to M
nnection to su
onitor control
onitor control
connection juconnection u
AR> Comma
and closes cu
ed the devic
]> Comman
s in all groups group are writ
anges to ru
s in group
> Command
initialize the mich the conne
mmand in the Sis instant. 1..13) command is only avarovisioned forte managemepress Enter.
mmand
nd establish
subrack unit tfirst seconds)
he Monitor (yped characte
or connector conitor conne
ubrack unit wi
node.
node.
ust exit from crgently use CT
and
rrent virtual li
ce displays
nd
or to apply chtten from the
unning conf
LINE to ru
d
management ection is initia
Slave mode is
and initializes ilable in the Mr regeneratorsnt is blocked
hes connec
to connect withe "LINK ERR
Local Craft Ters will be tran
control modector. The con
ith slot numb
controllable uTRL+Z keystro
ink connectio
the help me
hanges in onenew configura
figuration
unning conf
of the remotelized. In single
s only availabl
the managemMaster mode.s. (for example,
ction to spec
ith. If the backROR" message
Terminal) connslated to the
for commonnnection will b
er 10.
nit.oke.
ns.
enu.
of these grouation into the
figuration
e device. The pe‐channel syst
e if the Maste
ment of the re
a message or
cified unit o
kplane is busye will be issue
nector controe Monitor con
CLI RS232 unbe established
P
ups: LINE, VLrunning one.
parameter N tems the para
er device can
emote regene
r a table are n
over the bac
y or if the speced by the unit
ol mode for nnector.
nits. In this md until a term
age 81 of 152
LAN, NET, Examples:
sets the ameter N can
be
rator. The
not
ckplane.
cified subrackt. For subrack
Minirack and
mode all typedminal timeout
2
k k
d
d t
P4/P2 U
10.6.3 Pe
After typing
Performance mEnter 'M' to re CO_PM>
10.6.3.1 <H
Type <H> andget additiona
CO_PM>H ----------Type 'H [cG826 G826 C G826 E1 G826 E1 C G826 G703 G826 G703 ALLG826 N RESETG826 RESETALLG8NETSTAT [LNETERR [LARESETNETSTLINKSTAT LINKALARM ALARMLOG [ALARMLOG CLINKNM LINKDIAG APPLY [ALLCONNECT [NLINK [NN] LINKCLEAR M H ----------CO_PM>
10.6.3.2 <G
The <G826> of SHDSL cha
CO_PM>G826----------G.826 Erro----------Errored blErrored seSeverely eBackgroundESR [%] SESR [%] BBER [%] Available Unavailabl----------CO_PM>
Option: С – u
CRC6 – Cyclic
User Guid
rformance
“1” in the ma
management aeturn to MAIN,
H> Comma
d the monitoral help on [co
-----------command]' t C
826 N LAN/WAN] AN/WAN] TAT
[N] C
L/GROUP] N:[1-13/R]]
-----------
G826> Com
command disannels in the s
6 -----------or Performa-----------locks econds errored secd block err time
le time -----------
update the tab
c redundancy
de
e Managem
in menu and
ctivated or 'H' for HELP
and
r list all availammand].
-----------to get addi Displ Displ Displ Displ Displ Displ Displ Reset Reset Show Show Reset Displ Displ Displ Clear Trace Trace Apply
] Estab Estab Exit Retur Show
-----------
mmand
splays the ITUsystem, a tabl
-----------ance : C----------- : 000 : 000
conds : 000rors : 000 : : : : 000 : 000
-----------
ble continuou
check indicat
ment Men
pressing <ent
information
ble command
-----------itional hellay xDSL G.lay xDSL G.lay E1 G.82lay E1 G.82lay G703 calay G703 calay xDSL G.t G.826 stat xDSL G.82network stnetwork er
t network clay link stlay link allay the linr the link e xDSL noise xDSL staty changes tblish conneblish localall local
rn to Main available
-----------
‐T G.826 perfoe is displayed
-----------CRC6 1 -----------00000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 00 0.00 0.00 0.00
00005360 0000000031 00-----------
sly.
ting errored b
nu
ter>, the follow
ds in the perfo
-----------lp on [comm.826 statis.826 statis26 statisti26 statistiard statistard statist.826 statisatistics 26 statistitatistics crror countecounters tatus of allarms of alnk alarm loalarm log
se margin otus of all to running ection to rl connectioconnectionMenu commands
-----------
ormance parad containing 1,
-----------CRC6 2
-----------000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0 0.00 0.00 0.00
000005360 0000000031 0-----------
blocks received
wing message
ormance sub‐m
-----------mand] stics stics contiics ics continutics tics continstics for a
ics for thecounters ers
ll xDSL chall xDSL chaog
of all acceaccessibleconfigurat
remote uniton ns
-----------
ameters of the, 2 or 4 colum
----------- CRC6 3
-----------0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0.00 0.00 0.00
0000005359 0000000032 -----------
d on the SHDS
e is displayed:
menu. If you t
-----------
inuously
uously
nuously all link
e whole lin
annels annels
essible unie units tion t
-----------
e SHDSL line. mns of data.
----------- CRC6 4
-----------0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0.00 0.00 0.0000000053590000000032
-----------
SL side.
P
type H [comm
----------
nk
its
----------
Depending on
-----------
-----------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 2 ----------
age 82 of 152
mand] you will
n the number
-
-
2
P4/P2 U
Errored BlocErrored SecoSeverely Errofrom the totaBackground Errored SecoSeverely Erroduring a fixedBackground during a fixedAvailable timUnavailable t
10.6.3.3 <G
This comman
If for the E1 i
CO_PM>G826----------G.826 : ----------EB : 0ES : 0SES : 0BBE : 0ESR [%]: SESR[%]: BBER[%]: AT : 0UAT : 0----------CO_PM>
If for the E1 i
CO_PM>G826----------G.826 : ----------EB : 0ES : 0SES : 0BBE : 0ESR [%]: SESR[%]: BBER[%]: AT : 0UAT : 0----------CO_PM>
If for the E1 i
CO_01_PM>G----------G.826 : ----------EB : ES : SES : BBE : ESR [%]: SESR[%]: BBER[%]: AT : 0UAT : 0----------
User Guid
k (EB) – A bloconds (ES) – A sored Seconds al number of Block Error (Bond Ratio (ESRored Seconds d measuremeBlock Error rad measureme
me – The periotime – The pe
G826 Е1> C
nd displays th
interfaces the
6 E1 -----------1-CRC4 1
-----------00000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 00 0.00 0.00 0.00
00000000 0000005452 00-----------
interfaces the
6 E1 -----------1-FAS
-----------00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0.00 0.00 0.00
00000000 00005609 -----------
interfaces the
G826 E1 ----------- 1
-----------
00000000 00005681 -----------
de
ck (transmissisecond period(SES) – A oneall received bBBE) – An erroR) – The ratio oRatio (SESR) –ent interval. atio (BBER) – Tent interval. od when measeriod when the
Command
e ITU‐T G.826
e CRC4 mode i
-----------1-E-Bit 2------------0000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 000 0.00 0.00 0.00
0000000 0000005452 000-----------
e CRC4 mode i
----------- 2-
----------- 000 000 000 000 000 000
-----------
e ITU‐T G.704
-----------
-----------
000 000
-----------
on duration 6d with one or m‐second periolocks. SES is aored block notof ES to total – The ratio of
The ratio of BB
surements of e measureme
6 error perform
is ON the follo
------------CRC4 2-E-----------000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000 0.00 0.00 0.00
005412 0000000040 0000-----------
is OFF the foll
------------FAS -----------000000 000000 000000 000000 0.00 0.00 0.00
005557 000052 -----------
framed mode
-----------2
-----------
005557 000124 -----------
6ms) in which more erroredod, which conta subset of ES.t occurring as seconds in avSES to the tot
BE to the tota
the parameteents of the par
mance param
owing parame
-----------E-Bit 3-CR-----------00000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 000000.00 00.00 00.00 0
05412 0000000040 00005-----------
lowing param
----------- 3-FA
----------- 00000 00000 00000 00000 0 0 0 00000 00005
-----------
e is OFF, the fo
----------- 3
-----------
00000 00005
-----------
one or more blocks or at ltains more th. a part of SES.vailable time dtal number of
al number of e
ers are possiblrameters are
meters on the E
eters are show
-----------RC4 3-E-B-----------0000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000.00 0.0.00 0.0.00 0.0000 0000005452 000054-----------
eters are show
-----------AS -----------0000 0000 0000 0000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0000 5609 -----------
ollowing para
-----------
-----------
0000 5681 -----------
bits have erroeast one defean 30% of err
during a fixed f error‐free se
error‐free seco
le. impossible.
E1 side.
wn:
-----------Bit 4-CRC4-----------000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000.00 0.0.00 0.0.00 0.0000 0000541452 0000004-----------
wn:
----------- 4-FAS
----------- 0000000 0000000 0000000 0000000 0.0 0.0 0.0 0000555 0000005
-----------
meters are sh
----------- 4
-----------
0000555 0000012
-----------
P
ors. ect. rored blocks p
measuremeneconds in avai
onds in availa
-----------4 4-E-Bit-----------03 0000000201 0000000100 0000000003 0000000201 0.0100 0.0000 0.0011 0000541141 00000041-----------
-----------
-----------03 01 00 03 01 00 00 56 53 -----------
hown:
-----------
-----------
56 25 -----------
age 83 of 152
per second
t interval. lable time
ble time
- t - 2 1 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
P4/P2 U
CO_PM>
Option: С – u
Digits 1, 2, 3 CRC4 – CyclicE‐Bit – CRC4‐FAS – ErroredErrored BlocErrored SecoSeverely Errooptions are eBackground Errored SecoSeverely Erroduring a fixedBackground during a fixedAvailable timUnavailable t
10.6.3.4 <A
This commandevices as w
CO_PM>ALLG----------G.826 Erro----------Errored blErrored seSeverely eBackgroundESR [%] SESR [%] BBER [%] Available Unavailabl----------CO_PM>
Please see th
10.6.3.5 <R
This comman
10.6.3.6 <R
This commanall Regenerat
User Guid
update the tab
and 4 in the fc redundancy ‐indication bitd frame alignmk (EB) – A blocond (ES) – A seored Second (enabled) or thBlock Error (Bond Ratio (ESRored Seconds d measuremeBlock Error Rad measureme
me – The periotime – The pe
ALLG826 N
nd displays thell as for Rege
G826 1 -----------or Performa-----------locks econds errored secd block err time
le time -----------
he previous co
RESETG82
nd clears the I
RESETALL
nd clears the Itors connecte
de
ble continuou
first row of thcheck indicatt denoting recment signal reck in which onecond period SES) – A secohe number of BBE) – An erroR) – The ratio oRatio (SESR) –ent interval. atio (BBER) – Tent interval. od when measeriod when the
N> Comma
e ITU‐T G.826enerators.
-----------ance : MA----------- : 000 : 000
conds : 000rors : 000 : : : : 000 : 000
-----------
ommands for
26> Comma
ITU‐T G.826 e
LG826 N> C
ITU‐T G.826 eed to it and on
sly.
e table indicate errored subceived erroredeceived on thene or more bitwith one or mnd period, wherrored frameored block notof ES to total – The ratio of
The ratio of B
surements of e measureme
nd
6 performance
-----------ASTER N-----------0000006 0000000002 0000000000 0000000006 000 0.14 0.00 0.00
0001344 0000000242 000-----------
the explanatio
and
rror performa
Command
rror performan the remote d
te 1st, 2nd, 3rd
bmultiframes d submultiframe E1 side. ts are in errormore errored bhich contains med alignment t occurring as seconds in avSES to the tot
BBE to the tota
the parameteents of the par
e parameters
-----------N <-- RR1 ------------0000001 0000000001 0000000000 0000000001 000 0.14 0.00 0.00
0000684 0000000421 000-----------
on of the diffe
ance counters
ance countersdevice.
and 4th E1 intreceived on tmes received
r. blocks or at lemore than 80is more than a part of SES.vailable time dtal number of
al number of e
ers are possiblrameters are
of the specifie
-------------> C S-----------0000014 0000000014 0000000000 0000000014 000 4.54 0.00 0.02
0000308 0000000797 000-----------
erent parame
s of the local S
s of the specif
terfaces. he E1 side. on the E1 side
east one defec5 errored bloc28 per second during a fixed f error‐free se
error‐free sec
le. impossible.
ed SHDSL line
-----------SLAVE -----------0000001 0000001 0000000 0000001 4.54 0.00 0.02
0000022 0000043 -----------
ters.
SHDSL interfac
ied SHDSL int
P
e.
ct. cks per second. SES is a sub
measuremeneconds in avai
conds in availa
e for the local
-----------
-----------
-----------
ces.
terface of the
age 84 of 152
d (if CRC4 bset of ES.
t interval. lable time
able time
and remote
-
-
-
local device,
2
P4/P2
10.6.3.7
This com
CO_PM>N-------Interfa-------Mode In Octet Packe B/mca SpeedSize 64 65-12 129-2 257-5 513-1 >1024Out Octet Packe B/mca Speed-------CO_PM>
The INT inany otherIN for LANLAN1 and
Countersmay be se
10.6.3.8
This com
CO_PM>N
Paramet
Mode
IN
Size
OUT
2 User Gu
7 <NETSTA
mand shows t
NETSTAT LAN-----------ace ----------- :
ts : ets : ast : d,kbit:
: 28 : 256 : 512 : 1024 : 4 :
ts : ets : ast : d,kbit: -----------
nterface (inter interface. FoN1 and OUT fd INT.
displayed by een in SNMP
8 <NETERR
mand shows t
NETERR WAN
ter Value
LAN
WAN
Octets
Packe
B/mca
Speed
64
65‐128
129‐25
257‐5
513‐10
>1024
Octets
Packe
B/mca
Speed
uide
AT [LAN/WA
the main netw
N ----------- LAN1
----------- DOWN
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
-----------
ernal) counteror example: ifor WAN1. But
the NETSTATtables defined
R [LAN/WA
the main netw
Descri
LAN st
WAN
s
ts
ast
d,kbit
Total n
Total n
Total n
Avera
8
56
12
024
4
A histo
s
ts
ast
d,kbit
Total n
Total n
Total n
Avera
AN]> Comm
work (LAN or W
----------- LAN2
----------- DOWN
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
-----------
s are a speciaf frame entert if frame ente
command is d by RFC1213
AN]> Comm
work (LAN or W
iption
tatus and spee
status and wo
number of oct
number of pa
number of rec
ge received la
ogram of the
number of oct
number of pa
number of sen
ge sent layer
mand
WAN & MWA
----------- INT
-----------
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
-----------
l case. It's IN ars LAN1 and ers LAN1 and
a subset of th‐MIB, IF‐MIB
mand
WAN & MWA
ed is shown (
orking mode i
tets (bytes) re
ckets received
ceived broadc
ayer 2 data rat
received pack
tets (bytes) se
ckets sent by
nt broadcast a
2 data rate th
AN) interface c
-----------
-----------
-----------
and OUT direc leaves modeis forwarded
he RMON grouand RMON‐M
AN) interface e
DOWN, 100F,
s shown (DOW
eceived by thi
d by this inter
cast and multi
te through int
kets. It shows
ent by this int
this interface
and multicast
hrough interfa
counters.
-----------
-----------
-----------
ctions are revem through Wto INT, it will
up 1 countersMIB.
error counters
10H, etc)
WN, WAN1, M
s interface inc
rface incl. erro
icast packets.
terface during
the frame siz
erface.
e.
packets.
ace during last
P
-----------
-----------
-----------
versed in comWAN1, it will bbe counted as
. More interfa
s.
MWAN1, etc)
cl. erroneous
oneous packe
g last second.
ze distribution
t second.
age 85 of 152
----
----
----
parison to be counted as s IN by both
ace counters
octets.
ts.
n.
2
P4/P2
------- Interfa------- In Bad o Disca Under Overs Fragm Jabbe MAC e Bad FOut FCS e Defer Colli .Late .Exce .Sing .MultPause In pa Out p------- CO_PM>
10.6.3.9
This com
Paramet
IN
OUT
Pause
2 User Gu
-----------
ace -----------
octets: ards : rsize : size : ments : er : error : FCS :
error : rred : isions: e : essive: gle : tiple :
ause : pause : -----------
9 <RESETN
mand resets t
ter Value
Bad oc
Discar
Under
Overs
Fragm
Jabbe
MAC e
Bad FC
FCS er
Deferr
Collisi
Late
Excess
Single
Multip
In pau
Out pa
uide
-----------
WAN1 -----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
-----------
NETSTAT>
the statistics f
Descri
ctets
rds
rsize
ize
ments
r
error
CS
Total n
Total n
Total n
Total n
Receiv
Receiv
Total n
Total n
rror
red
ons
sive
ple
Total n
Total n
Total n
Numb
LAN h
LAN h
LAN h
use
ause
LAN li
LAN li
-----------
WAN2 -----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
-----------
Command
from the com
iption
number of oct
number of dis
number of rec
number of rec
ved packets th
ved packets th
number of pa
number of rec
number of tra
number of dis
number of co
ber of late coll
alf‐duplex, nu
alf‐duplex, nu
alf‐duplex, nu
nks, Number
nks, Number
-----------
WAN3 -----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
-----------
d
mands NETST
tets (bytes) re
scarded packe
ceived packet
ceived packet
hat were unde
hat were over
ckets that we
ceived frames
ansmittet octe
scarded packe
llisions:
isions.
umber of drop
umber of succ
umber of succ
of received M
of sent MAC p
-----------
WAN4 -----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 -----------
TAT and NETER
eceived with e
ets even when
ts with size <6
ts with size >2
ersized and ha
rsized and had
ere dropped d
s that had bad
ets (bytes) wit
ets even when
pped frames d
cessfully trans
cessfully trans
MAC pause fra
pause frames
-----------
MWAN1 -----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 -----------
RR.
error.
n no error.
64 bytes (68 w
040 bytes (20
ad either FCS
d either FCS o
ue to hardwa
d FCS (Frame C
th error.
n no error.
due to excessiv
mitted frame
mitted frame
mes (Flow con
.
P
-----------
MWAN2 -----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
-----------
when tagged).
044 when tagg
or alignment
r alignment E
are errors in re
Check Sequen
ve number of
es due to singl
es due to mult
ntrol).
age 86 of 152
----
----
----
ged).
Error.
rror.
eceiver
nce).
f coll..
e coll..
iple collisions
2
s.
P4/P2
10.6.3.1
This com
------- ------- RR RR -------CO_PM>
10.6.3.1
This com
------- Local ------ DSL 1 ------ ------CO_PM>C
10.6.3.1
This com
------- T------- -------CO_PM>
Option: С
Time agoUnit ‐ UnEvent ‐ In
10.6.3.1
The <LINKrepeaters
CO_06_FQueryin------- DSL U-------1 l R R r-------2 l
2 User Gu
10 <LIN
mand shows a
----------- DSL 1
----------- CO link
R1 (N) linkR1 (C) link CP link
-----------
11 <LIN
mand shows t
-----------l Alarm: Ma-----------1 -----------
-----------CO_PM>
12 <AL
mand display
-----------Time ago | ----------- 04:45s | 04:18s | 04:16s |
-----------
С – clears the A
o ‐ Time since tit in link, that nterface of the
13 <LIN
KDIAG> comms.
FMM>LINKDIAng link dat-----------Unit -----------local (CO) RR1-N RR1-C remote(CP) -----------local (CO)
uide
NKSTAT> C
an actual quic
-----------
-----------k up k up k up k up -----------
NKALARM
the actual ala
-----------ajor ----------- DSL 2
----------- RR01 CO
-----------
LARMLOG
s the alarm lo
-----------Unit | Ev
-----------LOCAL | E1RR 1 | N-CO | E1
-----------
Alarm log
the alarm wasreported aboe unit, that de
NKDIAG> C
mand displays
AG ta: DSL1(.)-----------NM G.82
----------- 19.0 0000 18.0 0000 18.0 0000 18.0 0000
--------------.- 0000
Command
ck status of th
-----------
-----------
-----------
> Comman
rm status for
-----------
-----------2 -----------Major Major
-----------
[N]> Comm
og (list of all al
-----------vent | Des-----------1-2 | LOS-SIDE | LOS1-1 | --------------
s detected. out the alarm.etected the ala
Command
important pa
DSL3(.) -----------26(ES) Sta-----------000001 up 000000 up 000001 up 000000 up -----------000000 pre
he whole link.
-----------
-----------
-----------
nd
all units conn
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
mand
larms that we
-----------scription -----------S-S ----- BS ----- ---- ----- ------------
. arm.
arameters of D
-----------atus Alarm----------- None None Minor
-----------e act LOSW
-----------
-----------
-----------
nected over SH
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
ere detected) f
-----------
-----------BER-S ---------- ---------- ----------------
DSL link for lo
-----------ms Des----------- DSL DSL DSL
r DSL----------- DSL
-----------
-----------
-----------
HDSL.
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
for the specifi
-----------
------------ ----- - ----- LOO- ----- -----------
cal unit, remo
-----------scription -----------L1 L2 L1 L1 -----------L2
P
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
ied SHDSL inte
-----------
-----------
OP2 ------
-----------
ote unit and fo
-----------
-----------
-----------
age 87 of 152
----
----
----
-
--
--
--
erface.
-
-
-
-
or connected
----
----
----
2
P4/P2
-------3 l R R r-------4 l-------CO_06_F
10.6.3.1
After thi
Paramet
DSL
Unit
Master /
NM
G.826(ES
Status
Alarm
Descript
2 User Gu
-----------local (CO) RR1-N RR1-C remote(CP) -----------local (CO) -----------FMM>
14 <M>
is command
ter
/ Slave
S)
tion
uide
----------- 18.0 0000 19.0 0000 18.0 0000 17.0 0000
--------------.- 0000
-----------
> Comman
d is entered
Valu
1 ...
locaremRRx‐
RRx‐
CO
CP
dB
ES
up
dow
pre a
act
Non
Mino
Majo
LOSW
ifAlia
-----------000001 up 000000 up 000001 up 000000 up -----------000000 pre-----------
d
d the device
ue Des
4 Num
l ote ‐N
‐C
The
Rem
"N"the con
Uni
Uni
Noi
Num
wn
act
Link
Link
Link
Link
e
or
or
W
No
Uni
Uni
Loss
as Inte
----------- None None Minor
-----------e act LOSW -----------
e jump to an
scription
mber of DSL c
e unit on whic
mote unit
" and "C" side Master side. nnected to Sla
t acts as Mast
t acts as Slave
se Margin
mber of secon
k is UP
k is Down
k is preparing
k is activating
Alarm presen
t has minor a
t has major a
s of Word on
erface Descrip
----------- DSL DSL DSL
r DSL----------- DSL
-----------
nd displays
channel count
h the LINKDIA
of Repeater w"N" side is cove
ter modem
e modem
nds with error
for activation
nt on the unit
larm
larm
DSL link
ption
-----------L3 L4 L3 L2 -----------L4 -----------
the main m
ed on local un
AG command
with number xnnected to M
rs. According t
n
P
-----------
-----------
-----------
menu.
nit
executed
x. X always coMaster, while "
to G.826
age 88 of 152
----
----
----
ounted from "C" side is
2
P4/P2
10.6.4
After typ
Fault and mEnter 'M' to CO_PM>
10.6.4.1
Type <H>[comman
CO_FMM>-------Type 'HNM LINKNM LINKALAALARMLOALARMLOLINKDIASTATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS LOOP1 [LOOP2 [ALARM ALARM TACO ACO [GRMACTABLMACTABLMACTABLSTARTALRESTARTRESET CONFIRMBACKUP RESTOREDIFF [NDUMP [NLOAD TLM TLM D TLM S [TLM C LOG LOG C SOFTUPDTFTP [CSOFTCONSOFTINFPING x.LINKSTARSTP [CMODEMVISD SNAPSD DIR SD DEL SD SAVESD LOADSD BOOTSD STAT
2 User Gu
Fault and
ing “2” in the
maintenance mano return to MAIN,
1 <H> Com
> and the monnd] you will ge
>H -----------H [command]
ARM OG [N] OG C AG T L ETH RADIUS [NRON/OFF] [NN:[A/R]] [
T
ROUP] [ON/OLE C LE [1-8/OTHLE L [N] T [N]
M
E N/R/S/B] [NN/R/S/B] N:Rnn-Rkk]
DATE CMD] [ARG1]NFIRM FO x.x.x
AT CONF/STATE]IEW PSHOT [NAME]
E [N=0..9] D [N=0..9] T [ON/OFF] TUS
uide
Maintena
main menu a
agement activate, or 'H' for HELP i
mmand
nitor lists all avet additional h
-----------' to get a Tr Tr Di Di Cl Tr Sh Sh Sh Sh
RSB] ShN] St[ON/OFF] St Di Di Sh
OFF] Ch Cl
HER/Port]Pr Pr To Re Re Co Ba Re
N/R/S/B] Sh Du Lo Sh Sh [ABC] Se Cl Sh Cl Up[ARG2] Pe Co Li PI Di Sh Co Ma Di De Sa Lo En SD
nce Mana
and pressing <
ed nformation
vailable commhelp on [comm
-----------additional race xDSL nrace xDSL nisplay linkisplay the lear the lirace xDSL show currenthow currenthow currenthow Ethernehow RADIUS tart/stop ltarts/stopsisplay alarisplay alarhow alarm change alarmlear MAC tarint MAC tarint all MAoggles Nth estart Nth eset modemonfirm runnackup runniestore starhow differeump selecteoad configuhow externahow externaet up exterlear externhow non-vollear non-vopdate softwerform mainonfirm uploist loaded ING host isplay linkhow RSTP stollect modeake softwarisplay SD celete file ave startupoad startupnable/DisabD card stat
agement M
<enter>, the fo
mands in the fmand].
-----------help on [c
noise marginoise margik alarms oflink alarm
ink alarm lstatus of at DSL workit DSL workit DSL and Let status server sta
local loopbs the remotrms rms continucutoff confm indicatioable able for VLAC table enxDSL channxDSL chann
ning configing configurtup configence betweeed configururation viaal alarm stal alarm rernal alarm nal alarm tlatile log olatile logware ntenance ovoaded softwsoftware
k status oftate/configem configurre snapshotcard contenfrom SD ca
p configurap configurable SD cardtus
Menu
ollowing mess
fault and main
-----------command] in in of all af all xDSL m log log all accessiing parameting parametLINK payloa
atus and paback at Nthte loopback
uously figurationon for alar
LAN/port ntries nel the ananel
guration uration guration fren configurration a XModem tatus eaction reaction
table messages
g
ver TFTP ware
f all xDSL guration ration t on SD carnts ard ation ation d boot mode
sage is display
ntenance sub‐
-----------
accessible channels
ible units ters ters continad paramete
arameters h E1 interfk at Nth xD
rm group GR
alog loopba
rom backup rations
channels
rd
e
P
yed:
‐menu. If you
-----------
units
nuously ers
face DSL interfa
ROUP
ack ON/OFF
age 89 of 152
type H
---
ace
2
P4/P2
BERT APPLY [CONNECTLINK [NLINKCLEM H -------CO_FMM>
10.6.4.2
The <NMNoise Ma
CO_FMM>ChannelSHDSL N
The numbThe <LINK
A normal
10.6.4.3
The <STA
CO_FMM>-------Status -------I/F modSYNC SEGD Power bFar endLoop atNMR BitrateSRU # Active -------Tempera-------
Option: TOption: L
Paramet
I/F mode
SYNC
SEGD
Power b
Far end
Loop att
NMR
2 User Gu
ALL/GROUP]
T [N:[1-13/NN] EAR
----------->
2 <NM> & <
> command dargin for whic
>NM l: DSL1 NM: 10.5
ber of columnKNM> comma
quality of a S
3 <STATUS
ATUS> comma
>STATUS -----------
-----------de
backoff d power bacttenuation
e sync. sour
-----------ature -----------
T – update theL – show the D for the STA
ter
e
ackoff
power backof
tenuation
uide
BE Ap
/R]] Es Es Ex Re Sh
-----------
<LINKNM>
displays the ITh the BER is e
DSL2 11.5
ns is equal to tand displays t
SHDSL data tra
S> Comma
nd displays th
----------- :
----------- : : : :
ckoff : : : : :
rce : I----------- :
-----------
e table continuDSL and Link pATUS L explana
Valu
CO
CP
1
‐ (0)
1
0
‐
N
ff N
N
N
ERT configupply changestablish costablish loxit all loceturn to Mahow availab-----------
Command
TU‐T G.991.2 Nxpected to be
DSL3 10.5
the number ohe noise marg
ansmission is
nd
he actual statu
----------- DSL1
----------- CO - - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
Internal -----------39.750 C
-----------
uously. parameters.ation please s
ue Des
The
The
Syn
Syn
Tran
Tran
Dat
Out
Out
Atte
Max
uration menes to runnionnection tocal conneccal connectain Menu ble command-----------
d
Noise Margin.e not less than
DSL4 10.0 dB
of SHDSL changin of a comp
possible for N
us of the SHD
----------- DSL2
----------- CO - - 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0 Internal -----------
-----------
see the CONFI
scription
e interface is i
e interface is i
nchronization
nchronization
nsmitted data
nsmitted data
ta are not rece
tput signal po
tput signal po
enuation in th
ximum possib
nu ing configuto remote uction tions
ds -----------
. It means then 10‐7 [dB].
nels of the delete link (CO,
NM ≥ 6 dB.
SL transceiver
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
G command e
n the Master
n the Slave m
in the SHDSL
in the SHDSL
a over the SHD
a over the SHD
eived
wer [dBm]
wer [dBm] re
he loop [dB]
ble increase in
uration unit
-----------
maximum po
evice. RR and CP).
r.
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
explanations
mode
ode
line is establis
line is absent
DSL line are va
DSL line are no
mote side
n the noise ma
P
-----------
ossible increas
----------
----------
dbm dbm dB dB kbit/s
----------
----------
shed
alid
ot valid
argin for whic
age 90 of 152
---
se in the
h the BER is
2
P4/P2
Table 1
10.6.4.4
This com
CO_FMM>EtherneEtherneEtherneEtherneCO_FMM>
10.6.4.5
This com
CP_FMM>------- Card ------- 1. RS2-------CP_FMM>
10.6.4.6
The <STA
CO_FMM>-------Status -------Status Server Server Shared RetriesTimeout-------CO_FMM>
Bitrate
SRU #
Active sy
Tempera
Paramet
Status
Server IP
Server p
Shared k
2 User Gu
0.2 <STAT
4 <STATUS
mand display
>STATUS ETHet port 1 set port 2 set port 3 set port 4 s>
5 <STATUS
mand display
>STATUS EXT----------- Cable
-----------232 RS-232 ----------->
6 <STATUS
ATUS RADIUS>
>STATUS RAD-----------
----------- IP port key
s t, seconds ----------->
ync. source
ature
ter
P
ort
key
uide
US> definit
S ETH> Com
s parameters
H speed/duplespeed/duplespeed/duplespeed/duple
S EXT> Com
s parameters
T ----------- RTS CTS
----------- OFF OFF
-----------
S RADIUS>
> command di
DIUS ----------- :
----------- : : : : : 2 : 2
-----------
N
N
Exte
E1‐1
E1‐2
E1‐3
E1‐4
Inte
N
Value
ConnectNot con
IP Addre
0‐65535
EnteredEmpty
ions
mmand
of the Ethern
ex: --- ex: 100 FULex: --- ex: ---
mmand
of the Nx64 u
----------- DCD DTR
----------- OFF OFF
-----------
> Command
splays the act
----------- Server
----------- Connect 255.255 1812 entered
-----------
exp
Dat
Num
ernal
1
2
3
4
rnal
Exte
Е1‐1
Е1‐2
Е1‐3
Е1‐4
Inte
Uni
De
ted nected
Cl
Ra
ess IP
5 UD
Sh
Sh
net ports (ETH
LL
user port (con
----------- DSR LL
----------- OFF ---
-----------
d
tual status of
-----------1
-----------ted 5.255.255
d
-----------
pected to be n
ta transmissio
mber of regen
ernal sync
1 network int
2 network int
3 network int
4 network int
ernal sync sou
t temperature
escription
ient has a con
adius server is
P address of RA
DP Port, the R
hared key is p
hared key is n
1 – ETH4), na
ntrol line statu
--
--
--
RADIUS serve
----------- Server
----------- Not co 255.25 1812 empty
-----------
not less than 1
n rate of the S
nerators in the
erface
erface
erface
erface
urce
e [С]
nnection with
s not configur
ADIUS Server
RADIUS server
resent in the
ot present in
mely the rate
us).
ers
-----------r 2 -----------onnected 55.255.255
-----------
10‐7 [dB]
SHDSL line [kb
e system
RADIUS serve
ed or not resp
r is listen on fo
client
the client
P
e and the oper
----------
----------
----------
bit/s]
er
ponding
or incoming c
age 91 of 152
ration mode.
onnections
2
P4/P2
10.6.4.7
This com
CO_FMM>Local lCO_FMM>Local lCO_FMM>
10.6.4.8
This com
The paramIn single‐The paramThe regenThe param
CO_FMM>Loop2 sLoop2 iCO_FMM>Loop2 rLoop2 iCO_FMM>
10.6.4.9
The <ALAE1 and SH
CP_FMM>------- Alarm ------- LOS-S LFA-S AIS-S AIS-R LOOP1 BER-S ------- Etherne------- LOS-E -------CO_FMM>
Option: T
Retries
Timeout
2 User Gu
7 <LOOP1
mand activate
>LOOP1 ON 1loopback on>LOOP1 OFF loopback on>
8 <LOOP2
mand activate
meter N:A setchannel systemeters N=1..1nerators are nmeter N=R ac
>LOOP2 1:R set is initis successf>LOOP2 1:R reset is inis successf>
9 <ALARM>
ARM> commaHDSL channels
>ALARM -----------
: E1-1 E-----------
: off : off : off : off : off : off
-----------
et : 1 -----------
: on o
----------->
T – enable the
t, seconds
uide
ON/OFF [N
es/deactivate
1 n E1-1 inte1
n E1-1 inte
[N:A/R] [ON
es/deactivate
ts the numberems, the param13 activates thnumbered, stactivated the re
ON tiated. fully set. OFF
nitiated. fully clear
> Comman
nd displays ths, the number
-----------
E1-2 -----------
off off off off off off
-----------
2 -----------
on
-----------
e continuous u
0‐10
1‐5
N=1..4]> Co
s the local loo
erface has
erface has
N/OFF]> Co
s the remote
r N of the DSLmeter N is nothe loop back oarting from themote loop ba
red.
nd
he actual alarmr of displayed
-----------
xD-----------
LO LO SE BE AL LO RC NM TL Re
-----------
Ma-----------
HW DS SW
-----------
updating of th
Nubo
Ti
ommand
op back on the
been set
been clear
ommand
loop back on
L interface andt obligatory.on the Regenehe Master devack on the rem
m status of th columns is al
-----------
DSL : -----------
OS : OSW : EGD/SEGA : ER-H : LB : OOP2 : CONF : M/LA : LM : emote : -----------
aintenance-----------
W-F : SL-F : W-MNT : -----------
e table with a
umber of retroth RADIUS se
me interval b
e network inte
red
the line interf
d the device a
erator, whosevice. mote device.
e local deviceso different.
-----------
DSL1 -----------
on on off/off of off off off off off/off of off off
-----------
-----------
off off off
-----------
actual alarm s
ries, the clientervers. 0 mean
etween authe
erface (E1 inte
face.
ddress (as in t
e number is sp
. For devices w
-----------
DSL2 -----------
on on
ff/off off off off off
ff/off off off
-----------
-----------
-----------
tatus.
t will use to auns no attempt
entication atte
P
erface).
the CONNECT
pecified by the
with different
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
uthenticate thts.
empts.
age 92 of 152
T command).
e value of N.
t numbers of
----
----
----
----
----
he user on
2
P4/P2
Definitio
ECA
DTR‐OFF
LOOP1
Definitio
LOS‐S
LFA‐S
AIS‐S
AIS‐R
BER‐S
LOOP1
Definitio
LOS‐E
Definitio
LOS
LOSW
SEGD
BER‐H
ALB
SEGA
NM
LA
LOOP2
RCONF
TLM
Remote
Definitio
HW‐F
DSL‐F
SW‐MNT
2 User Gu
ns (Nx64 inte
Cable is n
DTE is ina
A loop is a
ns (E1 interfa
Loss of sig
Loss of fra
Receiving
Receiving
The block
A loop is a
ns (Ethernet)
Loss of sig
ns (SHDSL)
Loss of sig
Loss of sig
A failure i
The block
Analogue
Errored d
Noise Ma
Loop Atte
A loop is a
Configuraexample, configure
External a
Alarm of t
ns (Maintena
Hardware
DSL failur
Software values for
UPD: Soft
ERR: Softw
NEW: Sof
NCONF: S
uide
erface)
not connected
active
activated on t
ace)
gnal on the Е1
ame alignmen
g AIS on the E1
g AIS on the E1
k error rate on
activated on t
gnal on the Et
gnal in SHDSL
gnal or frame
in the line (seg
k error rate in
e loop back is a
ata or errored
argin < NM thr
enuation > LA
activated on t
ation of the rethe local dev
ed to transmit
alarms from th
the remote de
ance):
e failure
re
maintenancer this alarm:
tware update
ware update e
ftware downlo
Software imag
the network in
Table 10
1 side
nt on the E1 si
1 side
1 side by a rem
n the Е1 side e
the network in
thernet interfa
alignment in
gment degrad
the line is acc
active
d frame alignm
reshold
threshold
the line interfa
emote device ice is configurtwo E1 stream
he regenerato
evice
operation is
is active.
ended with er
oad ended suc
ge needs to be
nterface in th
.3 <ALARM
ide
mote device
exceeded the
nterface in th
ace
SHDSL (loss w
dation)
cording to G.8
ment (segmen
ace of a remo
is not compatred to transmms)
ors in the activ
in progress. If
rror and softw
ccessfully, reb
e confirmed w
e direction of
M> definition
admissible va
e direction of
wire)
826 30%
nt alarm)
ote device in t
tible with the it Ethernet da
ve line
f there is no a
ware image is
boot is needed
with SOFTCON
the Е1 equip
ns
alue
the Е1 equip
he direction o
configurationata, while the
larm, 'off' is w
corrupted.
d.
FIRM comma
P
ment
ment
of the local de
n of the local dremote devic
written in this
and.
age 93 of 152
evice
device (for ce is
line. Other
2
P4/P2
10.6.4.10
The <AСO>
CO_FMM>AETH1, ETCO_FMM>
The <ACO
CO_FMM>AETHERNETCO_FMM>
Available a
GROUP
E1‐1 or E1
E1‐2 or E1
E1‐3 or E1
E1‐4 or E1
E1
ETH1 or ET
ETH2 or ET
ETH3 or ET
ETH4 or ET
ETH or ETH
DSL1 or SH
DSL2 or SH
DSL3 or SH
DSL4 or SH
DSL or SHD
RCONF
The deactivfront pane
Note:
By typing tdeactivate second, wi
CP_FMM>AE1-1, ETCP_FMM>AE1-1, SHCP_FMM>
10.6.4.11
This commmarked as
The comm
The commto NETCON
The commNETCONFIG
The comm
User Gu
0 <AСO
> command (A
ACO H2, ETH3,
O [GROUP ON
ACO E1-1 OF
alarm groups:
1
2
3
4
THERNET1
THERNET2
THERNET3
THERNET4
HERNET
HDSL1
HDSL2
HDSL3
HDSL4
DSL
vated alarms l and alarm re
By default th
this commandthe alarm stath the param
ACO E1-1 ONHERNET
ACO DSL ON HDSL, ETHER
1 <MAC
mand shows th"BLOCKED"
and MACTAB
and MACTABNFIG comman
and MACTABG command.
and MACTAB
ide
O [GROUP
Alarm Cut Off)
ETH4
N/OFF]> com
FF
Descriptio
1st E1 chan
2nd E1 cha
3rd E1 chan
4th E1 chan
All E1 chan
1st Etherne
2nd Ethern
3rd Etherne
4th Etherne
All Etherne
1st DSL cha
2nd DSL ch
3rd DSL cha
4th DSL cha
All DSL cha
RCONF ala
do not generaelay status).
he Ethernet a
d, the GROUP atus of the groeter DSL.
N
RNET
CTABLE> C
he MAC addre
LE C clears the
LE [Port] showd. For examp
LE [1‐8] show
LE OTHER sho
ON/OFF])>
) without add
mmand activate
on
nnel
nnel
nnel
nnel
nnels
et port
et port
et port
et port
et ports
annel
annel
annel
annel
annels
arm
ate any urgen
larm LEDs are
parameter caoup Е1‐1 and
Command
ess table of ev
e MAC table.
ws the entriesle: LAN1, WAN
ws the entries o
ows the entrie
> Comman
itional param
es/deactivates
nt or non‐urge
e blocked in al
an not containDSL, enter the
ery interface.
s only for a [PoN2, MWAN1,
only for any s
es for OTHER V
d
eter shows de
s a GROUP fo
ent alarms (i.e
ll configuratio
n several alarme ACO comma
If MAC addre
ort], where PoINT.
elected VLAN
VLANs (with V
eactivated ala
or alarm indica
e. does not aff
ons.
m groups. Exaand twice: firs
ess is blocked
ort represents
number. VLA
VID not match
arm indication
ations.
fect the colou
mple: if it is nst, with the pa
by the MAC F
s any network
ANs are accord
hing one of VL
Page 94
ns (LED and re
r of LEDs on t
ecessary to arameter Е1‐1
Filter Rule, it w
k interface acc
ding to the
AN 1..8.
4 of 152
lays).
he
1, and
will be
cording
P4/P2
First columcolumn is V
CX_05_FM00:0f:d900:0f:d900:e0:4c00:0f:d900:0f:d900:0f:d900:0f:d900:90:f5CX_05_FM
10.6.4.12
This commFor single‐c
CO_FMM>SAnalog lCO_FMM>SAnalog lCO_FMM>
Note:
10.6.4.13
This commbe restored
CO_FMM>RRestarti
10.6.4.14
The <RESET
CO_FMM>R
10.6.4.15
This commof the confconfigurati
CO_FMM>CCurrent startup
10.6.4.16
This commconfigurati
CO_FMM>BCurrent backup cCO_FMM>
User Gu
mn is the MAC VLAN number
MM>MACTABLE:10:45:84 :06:83:20 :69:23:41 :05:3f:8d :06:77:91 :04:d3:95 :10:21:77 :3e:7a:0b
MM>
2 <STA
mand starts/stochannel devic
TARTAL 1 oopback stTARTAL 1 oopback st
This commathe analogu
3 <RES
mand restarts td. For single‐c
RESTART 1 ng channel
4 <RES
T> command
RESET
5 <CON
mand confirmsfiguration varion.
ONFIRM running coconfigurat
6 <BAC
mand is used toion is written
ACKUP running coonfigurati
ide
address. The r. Fourth colum
E MWAN1 VL MWAN2 VL MWAN2 VL MWAN1 VL INT VL MWAN1 VL MWAN1 VL VL
ARTAL [N]>
ops (toggles) tces this comm
tarted
topped
nd is used in te loop back.
START [N=
the corresponchannel device
1
SET> Comm
restarts the d
NFIRM> Co
s the running ciables change
onfiguratiotion in EEP
CKUP> Com
o create a bacto the backup
onfiguratioon in EEPR
second colummn indicates i
LAN1 LAN1 LAN1 LAN1 LAN1 LAN1 LAN1 LAN1 BLOCKE
> Comman
the analogue mand is entere
the Master m
=1..4]> Com
nding SHDSL ces the comma
mand
device.
ommand
configuration es in all groups
on is confiPROM
mmand
ckup of the rup configuratio
on is writtROM
mn is the origiif MAC addres
ED
d
loop back at ted without the
ode. Detach t
mmand
hannel. First iand is used wi
and writes it s, they will be
irmed and w
nning configuon.
ten to
inating interfass is blocked.
the SHDSL linee parameter N
the cable from
it causes the lithout any add
to the startup written from
written to
uration of the
ace where this
e interface onN.
m the SHDSL c
oss of sync beditional param
p configuratiom the running c
device in the
s MAC is learn
n the device w
connector befo
etween modemeters.
on. As a result,configuration
EEPROM. As
Page 95
ned from. Thir
with the numb
ore starting
ems which late
, after confirminto the start
a result, the r
5 of 152
rd
ber N.
er will
mation tup
running
P4/P2
10.6.4.17
This commmodem sh
CO_FMM>RRestoredReset moCO_FMM>
10.6.4.18
This comm
CO_FMM>D--------Running --------VLAN.VLA00 01 --------CO_FMM>
The commcan see thathe backup
CO_FMM>D--------New conf----------- No d--------CO_FMM>
10.6.4.19
This comm
CO_FMM>D--------Dump of --------NET.MAC_00 0F D9M.DEVICE00 00 0000 00 0000 NET.MAC_5A SNMP.TRA00 00 00SNMP.TRA00 00 00SNMP.COM43 4F 4D00 18 6500 M.ALARM_02 NET.IP C0 A8 5ANET.NETM
User Gu
7 <RES
mand restores ould be resta
RESTORE d startup cdem for al
8 <DIF
mand displays
DIFF R B ----------configurat----------
ANMASK.3 ----------
and displays tat the VLANMp configuratio
DIFF N R ----------iguration ----------
differences----------
9 <DUM
mand displays t
DUMP R ----------running co----------
_ADDRESS 00 10 03 _ID 00 00 00 00 00 00
_SPEED
APIP.0 00
APIP.1 00
MMUNITY D 4D 4F 4E 44 00 05
_CUTOFF
A 14 MASK
ide
STORE> Co
the ‘startup’ crted so that th
configuratil changes
F N/R/S/B N
differences be
----------tion Ba----------
| 00----------
the name of tMASK parametn. If there are
---------- Ru---------- --- ------------
MP N/R/S/B
the dump of t
----------onfiguratio----------
00 00 00 400 00 00 0
00 20 60 05E 2C FF F
ommand
configurationhe restored va
ion from bato take ef
N/R/S/B> C
etween up to
-----------ackup confi-----------
07 -----------
he differenceter of interfacee no differenc
-----------unning conf------------- No diffe-----------
B> Comma
the correspon
-----------on -----------
3 4F 4D 4D0 00 00 00
0 00 13 00FF FF FF 00
from the ‘bacalues will bec
ackup confiffect
Command
four configur
-----------iguration -----------
-----------
parameter ane 3 (WAN2) oes, the result
-----------figuration-----------erences --------------
nd
nding configur
-----------
-----------
D 4F 4E 00\0 00 00 00\
0 02 B2 3C\0 17 59 F8\
ckup’ configuome valid.
iguration.
rations: New,
-----------
-----------
-----------
nd data from f the VLAN gris presented a
-----------
------------ -----------
ration: New. R
-----------
-----------
\ \
\ \
ration, which
Running, Star
-----------
-----------
-----------
two configuraoup in the runas follows:
-----------
-----------
-----------
Running, Start
-----------
-----------
was stored in
rtup, or Backu
-----
-----
-----
ations. In the nning configu
-----
-----
-----
tup or Backup
-----
-----
Page 96
n the EEPROM
up.
above exampration differs
.
6 of 152
M. The
le one from
P4/P2
FF FF FFNET.GATEC0 A8 5ANET.PPPRC0 A8 5APE1.G70401 SE1.G70401 PE1.CRC400 SE1.CRC400 ... --------
The resultsthe notepaLOAD com
10.6.4.20
The <LOADthe XModeHyperTerm
CO_FMM>LNow uploC
Select "Senthe downlo
If downloa
ConfigurFor all
If the confiThe config
10.6.4.21
The < TLM
CO_FMM>TDistant exte‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line | ALM1 A‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐RR01 | off oRR02 | off oRR03 | off oRR04 | off oRR05 | off oRR06 | off oRR07 | off oRR08 | off oRR09 | off oRR10 | off oRR11 | off oRR12 | off o
User Gu
F 00 WAY
A 64 REMIP A 5A .0
.1
DET.0
DET.1
----------
s of the commad as well as smand via the
0 <LOA
D> command dem or 1K XMominal program
OAD ad configu
nd File” in theoading configu
ding is succes
ation was configurat
iguration file curation of the
1 <TLM
> command s
TLM ernal alarms stae 1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 2ALM2 ALM3| AL‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐off off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off offoff off | off off
ide
----------
mand show thesaved on any dXModem or 1
AD> Comm
downloads thodem protocom. By typing LO
uration via
e Transfer menuration file an
ssful, a messag
loaded suction option
contained erre device in this
M> Comma
shows the ext
atus 2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 3 ‐LM1 ALM2 ALM‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off f off | off off
-----------
e coded configdata carrier. T1K XModem p
mand
e configuratiols. For WindoOAD, the follo
a XModem or
nu. Select the nd click the Se
ge will appear
ccessfully.ns to apply
ors, a messags case will not
and
ternal alarm st
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 4 ‐‐‐M3| ALM1 ALM‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ off | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off ofoff | off off of
-----------
guration of thThis txt file canprotocols.
on file obtainews 95 or abovwing text will
r 1K XModem
protocol XMoend button.
r to reset the
y, type RES
ge with the lint change.
tatus of Rege
‐‐ 2 ALM3| ALM1
ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff | ff |
-----------
he device and n be downloa
ed with the heve, this proced be displayed
m
odem or 1K X
modem:
SET to rese
e number in w
nerators.
1 ALM2 ALM3|
-----------
can be copiedded into a sim
elp of the DUMdure can be pin the termin
Modem in the
et modem.
which the erro
-----
d from the termilar device w
MP commandperformed witnal window:
e window whi
or was detect
Page 97
rminal windowwith the help o
d into a deviceth the help of
ich appears. S
ed will be dis
7 of 152
w into of the
e via the
Select
played.
P4/P2
RR13 | off o‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐CO_FMM>
Option: D –
CO_FMM>TReactions o‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line | ALM1 A‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐RR01 | MAJRR02 | MAJRR03 | MAJRR04 | MAJRR05 | MAJRR06 | MAJRR07 | MAJRR08 | MAJRR09 | MAJRR10 | MAJRR11 | MAJRR12 | MAJRR13 | MAJ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐CO_FMM>
Option C ‐
10.6.4.22
This comm
N: Rnn ‐ Rkk:
ABC:
CO_FMM>TReactions o‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line | ALM1 A‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐RR01 | MINRR02 | MAJRR03 | MAJRR04 | MAJRR05 | MAJRR06 | MAJRR07 | MAJRR08 | MAJRR09 | MAJRR10 | MAJRR11 | MAJRR12 | MAJ
User Gu
off off | off off‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
– shows the re
TLM D n external alarme 1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 2ALM2 ALM3| AL‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
Clears the sta
2 <TLM
mand sets som
SelectRegenExampList of alarm,Possib0 ‐ no 1 ‐ LTU2 ‐ LTU3 ‐ LTU
TLM S 1:R1 213 n external alarme 1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 2ALM2 ALM3| AL‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ RES MAJ | MA MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M MAJ MAJ | M
ide
f off | off off ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
eaction of the
ms 2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 3 ‐LM1 ALM2 ALM‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
atus of the TLM
M S [N:[Rnn
e LTU reactio
ed line nerator or the ple: 'R1', 'R9', reactions. Mu, second ‐ to sble Values: reaction. U will show thU will indicateU will indicate
ms 2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 3 ‐LM1 ALM2 ALM‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐AJ MAJ MAJ |
MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |MAJ MAJ MAJ |
off | off off of‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
e external alar
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 4 ‐‐‐M3| ALM1 ALM‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ | MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
M table.
n-Rkk]] [AB
n on external
range of rege'R04', 'R1‐R4'ust be a stringsecond, third ‐
his alarm by 'Te minor remote major remot
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Line 4 ‐‐‐M3| ALM1 ALM‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA| MAJ MAJ MA
ff |
rms of Regene
‐‐ 2 ALM3| ALM1
AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ
BC]> Comm
alarms of Reg
enerators to s, 'R07‐R09'. g of three digi‐ to third.
TLM' commandte alarm and ste alarm and s
‐‐ 2 ALM3| ALM1
AJ | MAJ MAJ MAJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ AJ | MAJ MAJ
erators.
1 ALM2 ALM3|
MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ |
mand
generators.
et reaction fo
its, each from
d. show this alarshow this alar
1 ALM2 ALM3|
MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ | MAJ |
or.
0 to 3. First d
rm by 'TLM' com by 'TLM' co
digit correspon
ommand. ommand.
Page 98
nds to the firs
8 of 152
st
P4/P2
RR13 | MAJ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐CO_FMM>
10.6.4.23
The commcommand
10.6.4.24
This commSOFTUPDAsoftware d
CP_FMM>SFlash ma Fl Sta Now uploCСС
After the na message the softwathe loading
10.6.4.25
This comm
SOFand
DUMTFT
LOAthe
SETFollRET
SHO
Examples:
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT
10.6.4.26
This command starts the restart
CO_FMM>S
User Gu
MAJ MAJ | M‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
3 <LOG
and <LOG> sh<LOG C> clea
4 <SOF
mand downloaATE commanddownloading t
OFTUPDATE nufacturerash devicert addressFlash sizead program
new software is displayed tre.) If the dowg the first vers
5 <TFT
mand allows pe
FTUPDATE: Upd ARG2 should
MP: Sends thP server and A
AD: DownloadTFTP server a
: Set the TFTowing optionTRY (the numb
OW: Show the
P SHOW
P SOFTUPDAT
P LOAD 172.1
P DUMP 172.
P SET TIMEOU
P SET RETRY 1
6 <SOF
mand confirmsof the runningt, it will not be
OFTCONFIRM
ide
MAJ MAJ MAJ |‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
G> and [LO
hows a recordrs the record
FTUPDATE
ds the new so downloads ohe analysis of
r: Spansione: S29AL016: 0x100000
e: 2048 KB m via XMode
is successfullytoo and the mwnloading wasion of the sof
TP [CMD] [A
erforming cer
pdate softward contain the p
e startup conARG2 should c
d the startup cand ARG2 sho
TP protocol ons are supporber of times th
e current TFTP
TE 172.16.53.1
16.53.1 ltu/ba
16.53.1 ltu/cu
UT 10
1
FTCONFIR
s the new versg software. If e valid.
M
| MAJ MAJ MA‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
OG C] Com
d about all com(log).
E> Comman
oftware into tonly the seconf the % symbo
n 6D(02) 0
em or 1K XM
y downloadedmodem returnss interrupted,ftware, that is
ARG1][ARG
tain maintena
re from TFTP spath to the fil
nfiguration to contain the pa
configuration uld contain th
options. ARG1rted: TIMEOUhe device will
P settings (tim
1 APP.BIN
ckup_cfg.txt
urrent_cfg.txt
M> Comma
sion of the softhis software
AJ | MAJ MAJ
mand
mmands and e
nd
he device mend version of tols is not perfo
Modem
d a message iss to the usual , the softwares correct in th
G2]> Comm
ance operatio
server. In this e on server.
the TFTP servath to file whe
from the TFThe path to file
1 specifies thUT (the time tretry the ope
meout and retr
t
and
ftware. After de is not confirm
MAJ |
events that ar
mory by usingthe software iormed.
s displayed to operation moe is most likelyhe memory.
mand
ons over TFTP.
case ARG1 sh
ver. In this caere the config
TP server. In the with the con
he option namthe device wieration).
ry)
downloading med with the
re stored in no
g the XMODEMnto the flash
restart the mode. (The opey damaged. In
. CMD operati
hould contain
ase ARG1 shoguration shou
his case ARG1figuration.
me and ARG2ill wait for a
the new softwhelp of the <S
on‐volatile me
M or 1K XMOmemory. Dur
modem. If the derator can try n this case the
ions can be:
the IP addres
ould contain tld be stored.
1 should conta
2 the new vareply from th
ware, a counteSOFTCONFIRM
Page 99
emory. The
DEM protocoing the new
downloading again to downe restart will re
ss of the TFTP
he IP address
ain the IP add
alue for this he TFTP serve
er is switchedM> command
9 of 152
l. The
failed, nload esult in
P server
s of the
dress of
option. er) and
d on after
P4/P2
Software
10.6.4.27
This commfirmware cwhile the o
CP_FMM>S1: ver2: * verCP_FMM>
The asterisVer date length CRC OK/FA The firmwafixed just loadednot confirmconfirmed
10.6.4.28
This commICMP ECHO
CO_FMM>P
10.6.4.29
This is a singet an ove
10.6.4.30
This commSD card. Th
10.6.4.31
This comm
10.6.4.32
This comm
Example:
CO_01_FMCO_01_FM
User Gu
confirmed
7 <SOF
mand displays copies (differeother, is a bac
OFTINFO .: 1.1.3, .: 1.1.4,
sk indicates th– The – The – The
AIL – A lab
are status is d– First
d – Dowmed – Non – Conf
8 <PIN
mand will PINGO reply messa
ING 192.16
9 <MO
ngle commandrview of the m
0 <SD
mand generatehis cmd is only
1 <SD
mand shows th
2 <SD
mand allows to
MM>SD DEL /MM>
ide
d
FTINFO> C
module firmwent versions arckup version.
date: 2.6.date: 3.7.
he ‘running’ donumber of thdate of the sosize in bytes. bel showing if
displayed at tht basic softwarwnloaded seco‐confirmed sefirmed second
G x.x.x.x>
G any remote age. This comm
8.1.11
DEMVIEW>
d that collectsmodem with j
SNAPSHO
es the SNAPSHy available if t
DIR> Com
he content of t
DEL [NAM
o delete files f
O3MF/APP.B
Command
ware details thre possible). O
2006, leng2006, leng
ownloaded vee software veoftware creati
f the software
he end of the cre. Cannot beond software.econd softward software.
Command
IP address. It mand will not
> Comman
s and displaysust one comm
OT> Comma
HOT DAT, APPthe SD card is
mand
the SD card. T
E]> Comm
from the SD ca
BIN
hat is stored inOne copy of th
gth: 328k,gth: 330k,
ersion (that is ersion. ion.
e is damaged o
correspondinge downloaded,
re.
d
sends an ICMping the own
nd
s the modem cmand.
and
P.BIN, LDR_xTUinserted.
This cmd is on
mand
ard. This cmd
n the ‘currenthe firmware is
CRC OK, f CRC OK, c
enacted afte
or not.
g line: , does not req
P ECHO requen device IP add
configuration
U.BIN and STA
ly available if
is only availab
t’ device. Any s enacted (sta
fixed confirmed
r power ON).
quire confirma
est message adress.
and status in
ARTUP.CFG fi
the SD card is
ble if the SD c
device can haarted) after sw
ation.
and waits for t
a readable fo
les in the O3M
s inserted.
card is inserte
Page 100
ave two storedwitching powe
the correspon
ormat. It is he
MF directory o
d.
0 of 152
d er ON,
nding
lpful to
on the
P4/P2
10.6.4.33
The <SD SASTARTUP.Cinserted.
10.6.4.34
The <SD LOSTARTUP.C
10.6.4.35
The <SD BOIf this featuSTARTUP.Cbe detecte
10.6.4.36
The <SD st
CO_01_FMSD Boot Card typCapacityBlocks Read errWrite erFAT PartitioFree spaSnapshot CO_01_FM
SD STATU
SD BOOTs
Card type
Capacity
Blocks
Read err
Write err
FAT
Partition
Free spac
Snapshot
10.6.4.37
The <BERT“TECHNICA
User Gu
3 <SD
AVE> commanCFG file while
4 <SD
OAD> commanCFG file while
5 <SD
OOT> commaure is activateCFG files withed the corresp
6 <SD
atus> comma
MM>SD STATU : OFF e : SDHC
y : 3781M : 774451 : 0 r : 0 : FAT32 n size : 3ce : 3 files /APP.BIN, /LDR_LTU.B/STARTUP.C
MM>
US
s Stat
e Type
Cap
Num
Num
Num
Filef
size Part
ce Usa
t files Statindic
7 <BER
T> command aAL DESCRIPTIO
ide
SAVE [N=0
nd generates aSD SAVE x<CR
LOAD [N=0
nd downloads<SD LOAD x>
BOOT [ON
nd enables/ded (SD BOOT Oh the softwareponding softw
STATUS>
and shows if th
US
2
768M 766M
correct BIN, correcCFG, correc
tus of the auto
e of the insert
acity of the SD
mber of the us
mber of read e
mber of write
format used o
tition size on t
ble Space on t
tus of every filcates that the
RT> Comm
allows enterinON / 9.1.10 BE
0..9]> Com
a configuratioR> generates t
0..9]> Com
s the configurselects the de
N/OFF]> Co
isables the auON) the softwe and configurware / configur
Command
he SD BOOT is
ct ct
omatic SD car
ted SD card
D card
sable blocks o
errors
errors
on the SD card
the SD card
the SD card
le that is chece actual softw
mand
g into the subERT Test”.
mand
on file and savthe desired P
mmand
ration file fromesired PROFIL
ommand
utomatically Sare will compration files froration file from
s enabled and
d Software Up
on the SD card
d
cked during thare / configur
bmenu for BER
ves it to the SDROFILEx.CFG f
m the SD card LEx.CFG file.
D card Softwapare the SNAPom the unit dum the SD card
d the SD card i
pgrade featur
d
he boot sequeration file from
RT settings. P
D card. The SDfile. This cmd
to the unit. T
are Upgrade fPSHOT.DAT, APuring the bootd will be down
information
re
ence in case <Bm the unit is e
lease also rea
D SAVE <CR> is only availab
The <SD LOAD
eature duringPP.BIN, LDR_xt sequence. If nloaded to the
BOOT ON> is aequal to the fi
d the descript
Page 101
generates theble if the SD c
> selects the
g the boot seqxTU.BIN and any difference unit.
activated. Corle on the SD c
tion in the cha
1 of 152
e card is
quence.
ces will
rrect card.
apter
P4/P2
10.6.4.38
Type <H> aadditional
CX_BERT>----------------Type 'H START STOP TRACE SHOW RES SET [E11PATD [2ETS [TX/RCONF APPLY [ACONNECT LINK [NNLINKCLEAM H --------CX_BERT>
User Gu
8 <H> C
and the monithelp on [com
>H --------------------[command]' -E12] [INTn/bitstrin
RX] [list/N
ALL/GROUP] [N:[1-13/R
N] AR ----------
>
ide
Command
tor lists all avamand].
-------------------- to get ad Sta Sto Tra Sho Res
T/EXT] Setng] SetNONE] Set Dis App
R]] Est Est Exi Ret Sho----------
ailable comma
----------------------dditional hart BERT op BERT ace BERT stow BERT staset BERT stt BERT intet BERT pattt controllesplay curreply changestablish contablish locit all locaturn to Fauow availabl-----------
ands in the BE
----------------------help on [co
tatistics atistics ontatistics erface tern ed slot lisent BERT cos to runninnnection tocal connectal connectiult and Maile commands-----------
ERT sub‐menu
----------------------ommand]
nce
st onfigurationg configuro remote untion ions intenance Ms -----------
u. If you type H
----------------------
on ration nit
Menu
-----------
H [command]
----------------------
-----------
Page 102
you will get
-- --
--
2 of 152
P4/P2
10.6.5 C
After typin
ConfiguratioEnter 'M' to CO_CM>
The contenpossible m
CO – All chCP – All chaCX – SomeCA ‐ Config
In the CA marbitrarily the device
10.6.5.1
Type <H> a[command
CO_CM>H --------Type 'H SECURE [USERS USER [naUSER [naUSER [naUSER [naUSER [naPASSWORDAUTO [ONCONFIG CONFIG [MASTER [EXT [ON/BASERATEPAM [4-1PAYLOAD ANNEX [ASETCLOCKMULTIPAIRESERVE G704 [ONCRC4 [ONAISDET [AISGEN [DSLTS [lWANTS [lE1CLOCK E1MODE {ID [striRESPONSEDEFAULT DEFAULT DEFAULT
User Gu
Configurat
ng “3” in the m
on managemeno return to MAIN
nt of the confiodes of the d
hannels are in annels are in t Channels areguration of E1
mode, it is impset clock sour. Specific to th
<H> Comm
and the monitd] you will get
----------[command]'ON/OFF] me] me] DEL me] [+|-] me] [IP] [me] [LOCAL
D [user] N/OFF] N/R/S/B] ON/OFF] [NOFF] [N] [M/AUTO] 28] [N] [list] [N]
A,B,A/B] [NK [list] [NR [2/OFF] [list]
N/OFF] [N] N/OFF] [N] ON/OFF] [NON/OFF] [Nist] [N] ist] [N] {source} [mode} [N] ng] [NN/OFF] [0-4] EVERYTHINGDESC
ide
tion Manag
main menu an
nt activated N, or 'H' for HE
iguration manevice operatio
the Master mthe Slave mode in Master, so1 and WAN str
possible to corces. Neverthehe P4/P2 devic
mand
tor lists all avaadditional he
---------- to get ad Cha Lis Add Del[PRIV] Asssubnet]Set
L/ALL] Set Set Set Dis Dis
N] Sel Tur[N] Set Set Set
N] SetN] Set Sel Set Set Set
N] SetN] Set Sel SelN] Set Set Set Set Set
G Set Set
gement M
d pressing <e
LP information
nagement meon:
mode, manual de, manual coome channelsreams is receiv
nfigure the cheless, this moces, CA mode
ailable commaelp on [comma
-----------dditional hange securist user accd user accolete user asign user at IP accesst all IP/ ot user passt CA mode splay localsplay new/rlect Nth xDrn Nth DSL t Nth DSL ct Nth xDSL t Nth xDSL t Nth xDSL t Nth xDSL lect or turt the list t Nth E1 frt Nth E1 frt Nth E1 frt Nth E1 frlect Nth E1lect Nth E1t Nth E1 cht Nth E1 cht/Clear devt response t default ct everythint default D
enu
nter>, the fol
nu mainly dep
configurationonfiguration. are in Slave mved from the
hannel reservade satisfies 90is the same a
ands in the coand].
-----------help on [coity mode counts ount account access righs list for or local onsword
l configurarunning/staDSL channelchannel Exchannel baschannel lichannel pachannel Anchannel clrn off multof channelramer G704 ramer CRC4 ramer AIS dramer AIS g1 channel t1 channel thannel clochannel codivice ID ID configurating to defauDescription
lowing messa
pends on the
n.
mode, manuaSHDSL line, au
ation, to arbit0% of users asas the AUTO‐S
onfiguration m
-----------ommand]
hts user nly user ac
ation artup/backul master/slxtended modserate to Mine codingayload nnex A or Alock sourcetipair models for the mode mode detection mgeneration timeslots, timeslots fck source ing or loop
ion ult configun (ifAlias)
ge is displaye
operation mo
l configuratioutomatic conf
trarily assign Es it does not rLAVE mode.
management s
-----------
ccess
up configurlave de ON or OFM*64k + 8k
Annex B or e prioritiee reserve gr
mode mode transmittefor WAN pay
p mode
uration
d:
ode of the dev
n. fig.
E1 streams to equire a lot o
sub‐menu. If y
-----------
ration
FF
Annex A/B es
roup
ed via DSL yload
Page 103
vice. There are
DSL channelsf effort config
you type H
--
3 of 152
e four
s and to guring
P4/P2
SERNUM GSCOMPATNMTHR [NLATHR [NPTMP [ADPTMP SHOMODE [N]LICENSE LICENSE NET APPLY [ACONNECT LINK [NNLINKCLEAM H --------CO_CM>
10.6.5.2
This commAdvanced Sinterface (CIn additionand the CL
10.6.5.3
This comm
CO_CM>US--------Username--------ROOT ALLWHEEL CONET C{SNLAN S{LALINK CONWATCH S{GUESTLIN--------CO_CM>
10.6.5.4
This comm
Comman
USER [use
USER [use
USER [use
USER [use
USER [use
USER [use
User Gu
[ON/OFF]
N/OFF] N/OFF] DD|DEL] [IFOW ADD [key]
ALL/GROUP] [N:[1-13/R
N] AR ----------
<SECURE
mand activatesSecurity softwCLI) and SNMn, the optionaLI only if sourc
<USERS>
mand shows th
ERS ---------- Controls ---------- Local acc
ONTROL,TESTNMP,NET} 19ANC},C{LAN}NTROL,TEST,LINK,LAN}
NK S{LINKC}----------
<USER> C
mand allows th
d
ername]
ername] DEL
ername] [+/‐]
ername] [IP] [
ername] LOCA
ername] ALL
ide
Sho Set Set Set
F] Add Sho Set Sho Add Net App
R]] Est Est Exi Ret Sho----------
ON/OFF> C
s/deactivates ware license aP commands.l access contrce IP address b
Command
he list of users
----------IP ACL ----------
cess only T,STATUS,CO2.168.1.16 192.168.2S{LINKC},CAny IP ,C{LINK} 1----------
Command
he control of v
[PRIV]
[net]
AL
ow serial nt GS compatt Noise Mart Loop Atted/delete inow interfacts the numbow active ld software twork confiply changestablish contablish locit all locaturn to Maiow availabl-----------
Command
the advancedllows up to ei rol list (ACL) cabelongs to the
s of the device
-----------
-----------
ONFIG 192.16/30 0.16/30
C{LINK} 192
92.168.2.1-----------
various user p
Descri
Create
Delete
Modify
Set theto 32.
DisablUSER [
Allow is equa
number tibility morgin alarm enuation alnterface toces of PTMPber of DSL licenses options iguration ms to runninnnection tocal connectal connectiin Menu le commands-----------
d security. Theight users. Eac
an be set for ee defined dom
e with their co
-----------
-----------
168.1.64/30
2.168.20.24
16/30 -----------
arameters. Yo
iption
es a user USER
es user USERN
y privileges fo
e IP range for If no IP is set,
e remote acce[username] 0.
access from aal to USER [us
ode on and thresholdlarm thresho PTMP netwP network channels t
menu ng configuro remote untion ions
s -----------
e basic securitch user can ha
every user. Thmain.
ontrol and acc
-----------
-----------
0
4/30
-----------
ou must have
RNAME and as
NAME
or user USERN
user USERNA, no restriction
ess for user U.0.0.0 32.
any IP addresssername] 0.0.0
off
hold work
to N
ration nit
-----------
ty allows 2 useave different a
he user will be
cess rights.
-----------
-----------
-----------
ADMIN rights
sks for a passw
NAME
AME. Net shouns are applica
SERNAME. Th
s for user USE0.0 0.
-----------
ers, ADMIN anaccess rights t
e able to acces
----------
----------
----------
s to use this c
word
uld be in rangeable.
his command
RNAME. This
Page 104
--
nd USER. The to command l
ss the WEB int
ommand.
e from 0
is equal to
command
4 of 152
line
terface
P4/P2
Every user points is em[PRIV] comthe followiAll commaselected to
Privileges
Hierarchy
Top Leve
ALL
User Gu
in the list hasmpty for the nmmand is useding privileges nds of the CLIoo. Some com
y Levels
l Group
CONTL [CTRLTEST [T]
ADMIN[A]
STATU[S]
ide
s rights to connew user. To cd. If “+” is selewill be revokeI are divided i
mmands are av
Subgro
RO
L]
N
US :LINK
:LINKC
:LAN
:LANC
ntrol some parchange (to adected, the oneed. nto 3 levels. Svailable for ev
Des
oup
Comlevefor addauthrequOperem
Tes
Admthe
Lin
C All fromof tEth
C All fromof Ecoutabl
rts of the devid or to deletee of the follow
Selection of upvery user and c
scription
mmands of thel are availableveryone. No
ditional horization is uired eration of
mote devices
st of the devic
ministration odevice
nk status
commands m LINK + resthe counters hernet status
commands m LAN + reseEthernet unters and MAle
ice through the) control poinwing privileges
pper level mecan’t be revok
Related
is le o
ALARMALARM DISCONLINKCL
CONNEC
e LOOP1LOOP2STARTARESTAR
of DIFF DUMP SERNUMLICENSACO chRESETBACKUPRESTORLOAD TLM DTLM STLM CSENSOR[O/C]TFTP
G826 G826 CG826 EG826 EALLG82LINKSTLINKALALARML
set RESETGRESETA
NETSTANETERR
et
AC
RESETNMACTAB
he command lnts (Controls) s will be added
eans that the cked.
d commands
T NNECT LEAR
CT
AL RT
M SE hange
P RE
R [N]
C E1 E1 C 26 TAT LARM LOG G826 ALLG826
AT R NETSTAT BLE C
line interface.the USER [USd. In case if “‐
commands fro
TLM SENSOR ACO SOFTINF
LINK
PING MACTABLMACTABLBERT SubSOFTUPDSOFTCONID RESPONSPASSWORNMTHR LATHR LICENSEDEFAULTEVERYTHSECURE LOG USERS USER APPLY CONFIRMNM LINKNM STATUS STATUS STATUS STATUS POWER D
ALARMLO
STATUS MACTABL
Page 105
. The list of coSERNAME] [+|“ is used, the
om low levels
FO
LE LE C bmenu DATE NFIRM
E RD
ADD
HING
M
T L EXT
DIAG
OG C
ETH LE
5 of 152
ontrol ‐] one of
will be
P4/P2
ALL
Note:
Examples:
USER TEST(it should bUSER TESTUSER TEST
Access ConAll listed usfrom anyw
The USER [
User Gu
CONFI[C]
The abridgewithout subgroup nameinterface
TUSER + S:LINKbe created firsTUSER ‐ S:LANCTUSER + CONF
ntrol sers have loca
where, from se
[USERNAME]
ide
IG :VIEW
:LINK
:LAN
:SNMP
:NET
ments in bracgroup definitie with “:” in th
K,LANC add prstly) C remove privIG add privile
al access to CLelected IP add
[IP] [netclass]
W DisdevconAll fromE1 intecon
All fromcon
P All fromSNMconAll fromcon
ces “[ ]” can beions, all subgrhe beginning o
rivileges to sh
vileges to cleages to change
LI via RS232 inresses, or can
] command is
playing of vice nfiguration
commands m VIEW +lineand Nx64
erface nfiguration
commands m VIEW + LAnfiguration
commands m VIEW + MP
nfiguration commands
m VIEW + IPnfiguration
e entered instroups will becof a subgroup.
ow LINK statu
r LAN statistice configuratio
nterface. The nceled.
used to defin
CONFIGNETCON
e, DEFAULAUTO MASTEREXT BASERAPAM PAYLOAANNEXSETCLOMULTIPRESERVG704 CRC4 AISDETAISGENDSLTSWANTS
AN NETDEFRSTP DRSTP SRSTP .PBVLANMODE [VLAN QOS ALLOWVID TRAPIPCOMMUNSNMPSESNMPAC
SETIPGATEWANETMASMTU SYSLOG
tead of complome available. The WEB int
us, LAN status
cs for the TESTn for the TEST
remote acces
e the IP doma
G NFIG
LT
R
ATE
AD
OCK PAIR VE
T N
FAULT DEFAULT STATE ... N [IF]
P NITY ET CL
AY SK
G
lete name. If ge. To define suerface will fol
s and to clear
TUSER TUSER
s through Tel
ain.
COSCONFRSTP CO
E1CLOCKE1MODE POWER GSCOMPAPTMP MODE N RSRATE RSFORMARSDUPLEAUTOLOOEXTCLOCN64RATEWAN WANIDLEAPPLY CONFIRM
ETHSD FC IRATE ERATE CRATE COS PING APPLY CONFIRM
RMONALARMONEVEAPPLY CONFIRMSNTP APPLY CONFIRMPING
group has beeubgroup, typellow the rights
LAN statistics
net and WEB
Page 106
IG NF
K
AT
AT X P K
M
M
ARM NT
M
M
en entered e it after s of CLI
for the TESTU
can be grante
6 of 152
USER
ed
P4/P2
The USER [The USER [
10.6.5.5
This commprivileged,
PASSWORDPASSWORD
CO_CM>PAEnter paConfirm Ok
Only the ad63 symbols
Note:
10.6.5.6
The <CONFrunning on
N ‐
R ‐ D
S ‐ D
B ‐ D
CO_CM>CO-------- Running -------- xDSL Mode Extend Line c Basera Annex Payloa Clock Reserv GS com E1 G.704 CRC4 AIS De AIS Ge E1 clo TS int TS int-------- CO_CM>
User Gu
[USERNAME] [USERNAME]
<PASSWO
mand sets the aADMIN is a p
D ADMIN: setD USER: sets p
ASSWORD USEssword: password:
dministrator cs). The passwo
It is also posthe telnet seWhen mana
<CONFIG /
FIG> commanne a warning i
Display New l
Display Runni
Display Startu
Display Backu
ONFIG ----------
Line Confi
----------
:
ded rates: oding : te : : d : source :
ve : mpatible :
framing : : tection : neration: ck : o DSL : o WAN : ----------
ide
ALL commandLOCAL comm
ORD {users
access passwoprivileged user
s password fopassword for t
ER
can perform tord can conta
ssible to set anession). This caging the devic
/N/R/S/B> C
d always disps displayed. O
ine configura
ng line config
p line configu
p line configu
----------
guration
----------
DSL1 Master(HT OFF PAM32 89 B E1-1,WAN E1-1,Int --- OFF
E1-1 ON ON ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE ----------
d is used to aland is used to
s}> Comma
ord for users. r. With advanc
or the user ADthe user USER
his commandain Latin letter
n empty passwommand setsces via the RS
Command
plays the runnOptions:
tion
uration
uration
uration
-----------
-----------
DSL2TU-C) Maste OFF PAM32 89 B E1-2, E1-2, ---
E1-2 ON ON ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE
-----------
low access froo disable acce
and
With basic seced security, u
DMIN R
d. The passwors and digits.
word (in this cs the passwordS‐232 interface
ing configurat
-----------
-----------
er(HTU-C)
2
WAN Int
-----------
om all IP addrss from all IP
ecurity, there up to 8 users
rd length is no
case, the passd only to accee, the passwo
tion of the de
-----------
-----------
-----------
esses. addresses.
are two userswith arbitrary
ot more than
sword is not reess the deviceord is not requ
vice. If a new
-----------
-----------
-----------
s available: USy names are a
11 symbols (a
equested whi over the telnuested.
configuration
-----------
-----------
-----------
Page 107
SER is a non‐llowed.
advanced secu
le opening net protocol.
n differs from
---
---
---
7 of 152
urity
the
P4/P2
Group of S
Mode
Extended r
Line coding
Baserate
Annex
Payload
Clock sourc
Reserve
GS compat
Group of E
G.704 fram
CRC4
AIS Detect
AIS Genera
E1 clock
TS into DSL
TS for WAN
Group of N
EXTRATE
AUTOLOOP
EXTCLOCK
Group of R
EXTRATE
The main
Inde
Inde
Mu
Two
The CONFIpresented
Presentatiocombined
CO_CM>CO--------Running --------SHDSL Mode Extend Line c Basera Annex Payloa Clock Reserv Power GS com E1
User Gu
SHDSL parame
rates
g
ce
tible
E1 parameters
ming
ion
ation
L
N
Nx64 paramet
P
RS232 parame
n operation
ependent cha
ependent cha
ltipair mode (
o‐pair mode w
G table for thbelow.
on of CONFIGfor reservatio
ONFIG ----------Line Confi---------- :
ded rates: oding : te : : d : source :
ve : :
mpatible :
ide
eters
Master, SlaAll slave, coAll slave, M
Extended D
Type of the
Data Transm
Transmissio
Data Transm
Priority list
The reserva
Enables the
s
Framing mo
CRC4 mode
AIS detectio
AIS generat
Clock sourc
List of E1 tim
List of E1 tim
ters
Data Transm
V.54 loop m
Nx64 clocki
eters
Data Transm
Table 10.4
modes of a
annels (CO, СP
annels with re
CO, СP, CX)
with reservatio
e mode with
table in “indeon (CO, CP, CX
----------guration ---------- DSL1 Slave(HTU OFF AUTO AUTO A/B E1-1,WAN E1-1,Int {======== OFF OFF
E1-1
ve, Multipaironfigured by mMULTIPAIR xx,
DSL feature ON
e line encoding
mission Rate o
on Mode (ANN
mission interf
of clock sourc
ation group to
e Globespan (C
ode
e
on mode
tion mode
ce
me slots trans
me slots used
mission Rate o
mode
ng mode
mission Rate o
All possible
any device a
P, CX)
servation (CO
on (available o
independent
ependent chaX).
-----------
----------- DSL2
U-R) Slave OFF AUTO AUTO A/B E1-2, E1-2,
==== Reserv OFF
E1-2
master configured by
N/OFF
g (PAM128, PA
on SHDSL line
NEX A, ANNEX
faces: list of E1
ces
o which the DS
Conexant) com
smitted/receiv
d for WAN dat
on Nx64 inter
on RS232 inte
e configurat
are:
O, СP, CX)
only in the fou
channels is pr
nnels with res
-----------
-----------2 e(HTU-R) S O A A AWAN EInt Eve group A O
E
y master
AM64, PAM3
(BR*64kbit/s
X B, ANNEX AB
1 (Nx64) and/
SL channel be
mpatibility
ved over DSL
a (Ethernet ov
face (ER*64 k
erface (kbit/s)
tions of inde
ur‐channel ve
resented abov
servation” mo
-----------
-----------DSL3 Slave(HTU-ROFF AUTO AUTO A/B E1-3,WAN E1-3,Int ==========OFF
E1-3
2, PAM16, PA
s). Auto – adap
B)
/or WAN strea
longs
ver E1)
kbit/s)
ependent c
ersion) (CO, СP
ve. Typical co
ode. In this co
-----------
----------- DSL4 R) Slave(H OFF AUTO AUTO A/B E1-4,WA E1-4,In==} --- OFF
E1-4
AM8, PAM4)
ptation mode
ams
hannels
P, CX)
nfigurations f
onfiguration, c
-------
-------
HTU-R)
AN nt
Page 108
e
or other mod
channels 1, 2,
8 of 152
es are
3 are
P4/P2
G.704 CRC4 AIS De AIS Ge E1 clo TS int TS int--------CP_CM>
Presentatio4 are comb
CO_CM>CO--------Running --------SHDSL Mode Extend Line c Annex Payloa Clock Reserv Power GS com E1 G.704 CRC4 AIS De AIS Ge E1 clo TS int TS int--------CO_CM>
10.6.5.7
This commchannel nu(when con CP_CM>MA
10.6.5.8
This commmost settin
CP_CM>AU
User Gu
framing : : tection : neration: ck : o DSL : o WAN : ----------
on of CONFIGbined for rese
ONFIG ----------Line Confi---------- :
ded rates: oding : : d : source :
ve : :
mpatible :
framing : : tection : neration: ck : o DSL : o WAN : ----------
<MASTER
mand activatesumber (with afiguring single
ASTER ON 1
<AUTO ON
mand activatesngs from SHDS
UTO ON
ide
OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE ----------
table in “indeervation (CO, C
----------guration ---------- DSL1 Master(HT OFF PAM32 A/B E1-1,WAN E1-1,Int {==== Res OFF OFF
E1-1 OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE ----------
ON/OFF [N
s/deactivates range of 1..4e‐channel mo
N/OFF> Com
s the modem SL line.
OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE
-----------
ependent chaCP, CX).
-----------
----------- DSL2
TU-C) Maste OFF PAM32 A/B E1-2, E1-2,
serve group OFF
E1-2 OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE
-----------
N = 1..4]> C
the «MASTER). dems, the com
mmand
in CA mode. T
O N O O D 0 N-----------
nnels with res
-----------
-----------2 er(HTU-C) M O2 P AWAN EInt Ep A ====} { O
E O N O O D 0 N-----------
Command
R» mode on th
mmand is use
This means th
OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE -----------
servation” mo
-----------
-----------DSL3 Master(HTU-OFF PAM32 A/B E1-3,WAN E1-3,Int ==== ReserOFF
E1-3 OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE -----------
he interface w
ed without the
at all SHDSL c
OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE -----------
ode. In this co
-----------
----------- DSL4 -R) Master( OFF PAM32 A/B E1-4,WA E1-4,Inrve group B OFF
E1-4 OFF N/A ON ON DSL 0-31 NONE -----------
where the [N] c
e transmission
hannels are s
-----------
onfiguration, c
-------
-------
(HTU-C)
AN nt B ====}
-------
corresponds t
n channel num
et to “SLAVE”
Page 109
---
channels 1, 2 a
to the transm
mber value)
” mode and ge
9 of 152
and 3,
ission
etting
P4/P2
10.6.5.9
This comm
Note:
In extende
Standard
Command
PAM 16
PAM 32
Extended
PAM 4
PAM 8
PAM 16
PAM 32
PAM 64
PAM 128
10.6.5.10
This commmodems wBASERATE For PAM16
Coding Ty
PAM16
PAM32
On the SlavIn this caseopposite Pthe <BASER
10.6.5.11
This commmode ON.
CO_CM>PA
User Gu
<EXT ON/O
mand activates
The EXT ON
ed mode highe
mode
d
mode
0 <BAS
mand sets the twith just one S* 64kbit/s. 6 the available
ype Param
N
T
WAFONUPA
ve device, thee, PAM and AnAM is Auto). TRATE AUTO> c
1 <PAM
mand sets the For modems
AM 16
ide
OFF [N = 1.
s/deactivates
feature need
er data rates a
Ch
SERATE K/
transmission SHDSL channe
e rates (BASER
meter Va
3..
12
Table 10.5 A
ARNING OR LOW BUMBER OFAM16 AND N
e <BASERATE Annex are autoThe commandcommand aut
M [16/32] [N
number of levwith just one
..4]> Comm
the standard
s a special LIC
and line codes
hannel Coding
PAM 16
PAM 32
PAM 4
PAM 8
PAM 16
PAM 32
PAM 64
PAM 128
/AUTO [N=
rate K to the lel, the comma
RATE) are the
alues D
60 T
..89
Available rat
BASERATESF CODE LENOT PAM3
AUTO> commomatically detd does not chatomatically de
N]> or <PA
vels in the lineSHDSL chann
mand
and the exten
CENSE KEY tha
s (PAM4, PAM
g
=1..4]> Com
line SHDSL intnd is entered
range from 3
Description
Transmission r
tes (BASER
S YOU SHEVELS. FO2.
mand adapts thected (opposiange the Annetects all conf
AM [4-128] [
e code. The fonel, the comm
nded G.SHDSL
at has to be or
M8, PAM16, PA
Min Basera
3
12
2
3
1
1
2
4
mmand
terface, wherewithout typin
to 60, and fo
rate over the
RATE) for d
HOULD USOR A STAN
he rate of theite Annex in thex and PAM mfigurations.
[N]> Comm
ollowing optioand is entere
L mode on the
rdered togeth
AM32, PAM64
ate
e N is the numng the numbe
or PAM32 from
line interface
different cod
SE THE LNDARD BA
Slave device he <CONFIG> modes in the c
mand
ons are possibd without typ
e interface wit
her with the u
4, PAM128) ar
Max Bas
60
89
39
79
119
159
199
238
mber of the SHer N. The data
m 12 to 89.
(N*64+8) kbit
ding types
LOWEST PASED DEV
to the rate ofconfigurationconfiguration.
le – 4,8,16, 32ping the numb
Page 110
th the numbe
nit.
re available.
serate
9
9
9
8
HDSL interfacetransmission
t/s.
POSSIBLE VICE USE
f the Master dn AB appears, . In the Slave
2, 64 & 128 fober N
0 of 152
er N.
e. For is
device.
mode,
or EXT
P4/P2
10.6.5.12
This commparameterinterface mare not allowith just o
CO_CM>PACO_CM>PACO_CM>PACO_CM>PA
10.6.5.13
This comminterface. T
Note:
10.6.5.14
This commThe param
Exte
first
seco
thir
Nx6
inte
firstThe externlist should one in the
Two rules: data over tthese chan
Note:
CO_CM>SECO_CM>SE
10.6.5.15
This comm
Groups of
CO_CM>MULCO_CM>MULCO_CM>MULCO_CM>MUL
User Gu
2 <PAY
mand sets the r list displays tmay be denoteowed. The pane SHDSL cha
AYLOAD V35,AYLOAD E11,AYLOAD G703AYLOAD NONE
3 <ANN
mand enables tThe ANNEX AB
If devices us
4 <SET
mand sets the meter N can be
ernal sync sou
t E1 channel:
ond E1 chann
d and fourth
64 interface: V
ernal sync sou
t and second Gnal clock sourcbe E1 channepriority list. It
The list of prithe SHDSL channel as a refer
If the list of can change t
TCLOCK EXTTCLOCK INT
5 <MUL
mand activates
2, 3 and 4 cha
LTIPAIR 2 LTIPAIR 3 LTIPAIR 4 LTIPAIR 2+2
ide
YLOAD list
list of streamsthe list of E1, Ved both by a srameter NONannel, the com
WAN WAN ,WAN 1
E
NEX A/B/A
the transmissB automatical
se different tra
TCLOCK lis
priority list ofe absent for si
urce: EXT, EXT
1, E11, E1‐1, E
el: 2, E12, E1‐
E1 channel
V35
rce: INT, INTE
G.703/E0 intece should be eels and/or Nx6t is even not n
iority clock soannel. If the Srence clock so
the E1, Nx64 the list so tha
T,E1-1,E1-2T
LTIPAIR [2
s the multipair
annels can be
2
t/NONE [N=
s transmitted V.35 (Nx64), Gshort‐form (foE deactivates
mmand is ente
B [N=1..4]>
ion standard lly selects the
ansmission st
st [N=1..4]>
f clock sourcesngle‐channel
TERNAL
E1_1
‐2, E1_2
ERNAL
erface: G703, Geither the first64 interface anecessary to ty
ources should HDSL channelource or to use
or E0 channelt it correspon
2/3/4/2+2/OF
r mode, which
merged into t
=1..4]> Com
over the SHDG.703/E0 and or example E1 transmissionered without t
> Comman
G.991.2 ANNE transmission
andards, sync
> Comman
s for the SHDSmodems. The
G7031, G7032t one in the prnd/or G.703/Eype it in the c
contain only tl does not trae the external
ls transmittednds to the prev
FF]> Comm
h allows the ‘m
the multipair
mmand
DSL channel. NWAN interfac‐1, E11), and of E1 and WAtyping the num
d
EX A or ANNEX standard.
chronization w
d
SL channel, we possible cloc
2, G703‐1, G7riority list or bE0 channels. Tcommand.
those E1, Nx6nsmit any E1,l clock.
d over DSL is cvious two crit
mand
merging’ of DS
mode. The fo
N is the numbeces (Ethernet)by numbers (fAN over this Smber N
X B, where N
will not be est
here N is the ck sources are
03‐2 be not used atThe internal c
64 or E0 chann Nx64 or E0 st
changed by thteria.
SL channels.
ollowing varian
er of the SHDS), separated bfor example 1SHDSL interfac
is the numbe
ablished betw
number of thee:
t all. The next lock source sh
nels, which aretream, it is po
e PAYLOAD co
nts are possib
Page 111
SL channel. Thby comma. The1). Spaces in thce. For modem
r of the SHDS
ween them.
e SHDSL chan
clock sourceshould be the l
e used to tranossible to set a
ommand, it
ble:
1 of 152
he e E1 he list ms
L
nel.
s in the ast
nsmit any of
P4/P2
10.6.5.16
This commin a systemnumbers scan be rese
CO_CM>RE
To configu
CO_CM>RE
The param
CO_CM>RE
10.6.5.17
This commactivates thstarts oper
CO_CM>G70
10.6.5.18
This comm
CO_CM>CR
10.6.5.19
The <AISGE
number ofThe <AISDEnumber of
CO_CM>AICO_CM>AI
10.6.5.20
This comminterface. TThe emptyrange.
CO_CM>DSCO_CM>DSCO_CM>DS
10.6.5.21
This comminterface.
CO_CM>WACO_CM>WACO_CM>WACO_CM>WA
User Gu
6 <RES
mand allows com with 4 SHDSeparated by aerved. To con
SERVE 1,2
re two reserv
SERVE 1,2
meter NONE de
SERVE NONE
7 <G70
mand activateshe ITU‐T G.70rating in the s
04 ON 1
8 <CRC
mand activates
RC4 ON 1
9 <AIS
EN ON/OFF [N
f the E1 interfaET ON/OFF [Nf the E1 interfa
SGEN ON 1 SDET ON 1
0 <DSL
mand sets tranThe list consisy list is set by t
LTS 0-31 1LTS 0-12,1LTS 1..31
1 <WA
mand sets the
ANTS 0-31 1ANTS 12-18,ANTS 0-21,2ANTS 1..21
ide
SERVE [list
ombining SHDSL channels. Tha comma. To sfigure the res
e groups type
3,4
eactivates res
E
04 ON/OFF
s/deactivates 04 framed modo‐called trans
C4 ON/OFF
s/deactivates
GEN ON/O
N]> command
ace. N]> command ace.
LTS list/NO
smitted/receists of numbertyping NONE.
6 1 1
ANTS [list] [
list of E1 time
19 1 4 1 1
t]>, <RESE
DSL channels inhe reservationsimplify configserve group, ty
e the comman
ervation.
[N]> Comm
the ITU‐T G.7de. The <G704sparent mode
F [N]> Com
the CRC4 mod
OFF [N]>, <A
activates/dea
activates/dea
ONE [N=1..4
ived time slots of separate Spaces in the
[N=1..4]> C
e slots to be tr
ERVE [list]
nto groups in n groups are cguration and mype the follow
nd as follows.
mand
04 framed mo4 OFF 1> deac.
mmand
de for the E1
AISDET ON
activates the A
activates the A
4]> Comma
ts of the E1 chtime slots or te list are not a
Command (
ransmitted ov
[list]> Com
order to resecalled A and Bmaintenance wing comman
Note that gro
ode for the Е1ctivates the IT
channels, whe
N/OFF [N]>
AIS Generatio
AIS Detection
and
hannel with nutheir ranges, sllowed. Use t
Ethernet o
ver the WAN in
mmand
erve them. NoB groups. The of devices, and:
oups should no
1 interface witTU‐T G.704 fra
ere N is the n
> Command
on mode for th
mode for the
umber N to beseparated by he “minus” sig
over E1)
nterface (Ethe
t more than 2parameter seny groups of s
ot use same c
th number N. amed mode, i.
umber of the
ds
he E1 interfac
e E1 interface,
e transmitted comma. For egn or two dot
ernet). N is th
Page 112
2 groups are pets the list of cuccessive cha
channels.
The <G704 O.e., the device
E1 channel.
ce, where N is
, where N is th
over the SHDexample: 1,5,1ts “..” to set th
e number of t
2 of 152
possible channel nnels
ON 1> es
the
he
DSL 14‐19. he
the E1
P4/P2
10.6.5.22
This comm
Examples: E1CLOCK DE1CLOCK RE1CLOCK EE1CLOCK IN
10.6.5.23
This comm
‘Long’ mea
‘Short’ mea
10.6.5.24
This commwill be disp
10.6.5.25
The <DEFdefault op The
stre
TheE1 s
Thethe
The2xE
10.6.5.26
This comm(see the <NDEFAULT 0NETDEFAU
10.6.5.27
This comm
CO_06_CMCO_06_CM
10.6.5.28
This comm
User Gu
2 <E1C
mand sets the
DSL: The Rx cloRX: E1 input clEXT: External iNT: Internal in
3 <E1M
mand sets the
ans high receiv
ans lower sen
4 <ID s
mand is used toplayed on top
5 <DEF
AULT N> coperation mode DEFAULT 0 ceam and Ether
e DEFAULT 1 cstream and Et
e DEFAULT 2 cE1 stream an
e DEFAULT 3 c1 stream and
6 <DEF
mand sets defaNETDEFAULT>0 ULT
7 <DEF
mand writes de
M>DEFAULT DM>
8 <SER
mand shows th
ide
CLOCK [DS
E1 output clo
ock of the DSLock nput clock. nput clock.
MODE [HDB
E1 line coding
ver sensitivity
nsitivity (with
string> Com
o enter an idethe main me
FAULT [0-4
ommand setsdes). command setsrnet over SHD
command setthernet over S
command setnd Ethernet ov
command setEthernet ove
FAULT EVE
ault operation> command). T
FAULT DES
efault Port De
DESC
RNUM> Co
he production
SL/RX/EXT/
ck source for
L channel con
B3/AMI] [N]
g to AMI or HD
y required for
signals below
mmand
entification nunu. If the para
4]> Comma
s the defaul
s the followinDSL.
s the followinSHDSL.
ts the followinver SHDSL.
s the followiner SHDSL.
ERYTHING
n modes for linThe result of t
SC> Comm
escription (ifAl
mmand
serial numbe
/INT] [N]> C
the WANTS m
nected to this
]>, <E1MOD
DB3. In additio
long haul
w ‐12.5dB will b
umber on the ameter is not
and
t operation
ng mode: SLAV
ng mode: MAS
ng mode: SLA
ng mode: MAS
> Comman
ne parametersthis command
mand
lias)
er of the unit.
Command
mode.
s E1 interface
DE [SHORT
on, it sets ‘sho
be considered
device (text cwritten, the d
mode, whe
VE, PAM 32, B
STER, PAM 32
AVE, PAM 32,
STER, PAM 32
nd
s (see the DEFd is similar to t
T/LONG] [N
ort’ or ‘long’ t
d as loss of sig
containing no device ID will
re N is the
BASERATE 89,
2, BASERATE 8
BASERATE AU
2, BASERATE 8
FAULT commathe result of t
N]> Comma
the receiver se
gnal).
more that 12be empty.
mode numb
, ANNEX B, tra
89, ANNEX B,
UTO, ANNEX A
89, ANNEX B,
and) and for ntwo command
Page 113
ands
ensitivity.
symbols). Th
ber (there ar
ansmission of
, transmission
A/B, transmis
, transmission
network paramds:
3 of 152
is ID
re four
f the E1
n of the
ssion of
n of the
meters
P4/P2
10.6.5.29
This commEffectively
10.6.5.30
The <NMT
Syntax: NM N
10.6.5.31
The <LATH
Syntax: LAT LA
10.6.5.32
This comm[IF] is the n
RS‐1
WA
DSLDSL and E
10.6.5.33
This comm
10.6.5.34
The <G703is G703CLO
Following cDSINRX
G703 card installed.
CO_CM>G7
10.6.5.35
The <MOD
For examp
User Gu
9 <GSC
mand sets the Gthis comman
0 <NMT
HR> comman
MTHR [value], NMTHR OFF di
1 <LAT
R> command
THR [value], wATHR OFF dis
2 <PTM
mand helps to name of interf
1: RS‐232 or R
AN1‐WAN4: W
L1‐DSL4: DSL iE1 interface n
3 <PTM
mand shows th
4 <G70
3CLOCK> commOCK {clock sou
clock sources SL data cNT data isX data isindex is 1 for
03CLOCK DSL 1
5 <MO
DE> command
le: The MODE
ide
COMPAT O
Globespan (Cd will severely
THR> Com
d enables set
where value isables the No
THR> Com
enables setti
where value isables the Line
MP [ADD/D
add or deleteface to add or
RS‐485
WAN interface
nterface transnames are aut
MP SHOW>
he members o
03CLOCK [
mand selects urce} {G703 ca
can be selectlock is deriveds clocked withs clocked withthe first G.70
1
DE N> Com
sets the num
E 1 in a four‐c
ON/OFF> C
onexant) comy reduce func
mmand
ting of the de
is in the rangeoise Margin al
mand
ng of the des
s in the range e Attenuation
EL] [IF]> C
e an interface r delete:
to transmit PT
smitting WANtomatically co
> Command
of the Point‐to
[DSL/INT/R
the referenceard index}
ed as a refered from carrierh internal cloch a clock deriv03/E0 interfac
mmand
mber of SHDSL
hannel unit w
ommand
mpatibility modctionality of P4
esired Noise M
e from 0...25arm threshold
ired Line Atte
from 0...25 alarm thresh
Command
to the Point‐t
TMP data thro
N nverted to co
d
o‐Multipoint g
RX]> Comm
e clock for the
ence for outgor DSL channelck source ved from income card and 2 f
interfaces th
will disable cha
de on/off. Thi4/P2 and is no
Margin alarm t
d function
enuation alarm
old function
to‐Multipoint
ough
orresponding W
group channel
mand (not a
e outgoing dat
oing data:
ming data for second. 1 c
at the system
annels 2,3 & 4
is feature limiot recommend
threshold in d
m threshold in
group channe
WAN channel
ls.
available in
ta. If you use 2
can be omitte
will operate
4.
ts the baseratded.
B.
n dB.
el.
s by this com
P4/P2 devi
2 G.703/E0 int
ed if just one i
with.
Page 114
te to 36 and P
mand.
ices)
terfaces the s
nterface card
4 of 152
PAM16.
syntax
d is
P4/P2
To setup th1. Apply an2. Issue MO3. RESET
After the r
Note: Th In
10.6.5.36
This commextended r
CP_CM>LICECurrent liceExtended PA
10.6.5.37
This commby DCI.
10.6.5.38
This comm
Syntax: RSI R R R
[I/O]: Definremote IP
[addr]: IP pan IP addreport numbnumbers abelow 1024
{mode}: SeCLIENT (wo
[ON/OFF]:
{sign}: Defi
Possible vaalways looestablishedconnection
[IF]: Selectomitted wh
BREAK: Allo
ON means
User Gu
his configuratnd confirm all ODE [N] comm
eset the unit w
his command n P4s this com
6 <LIC
mand shows thrates or other
ENSE nse status: AM and basera
7 <LIC
mand activates
8 <RSI
mand configure
IP [I/O] [addr]RSIP [{mode}/ORSIP SIGNALINRSIP BREAK [O
nes which paraddress to for
port or IP address and port nber should be bove 1024, bu4.
elects the IP pork as TCP Clie
Enables/Disa
ines the RTS/C
alues are: OFFped to CTS), Rd RTS is low. Tn simultaneou
s correspondihen only one
ows the trans
to transmit th
ide
ion parameteconfigurationmand
will work with
is implementemand is contr
ENSE> Co
he active licenr special funct
tes: Not activat
ENSE ADD
s a special fun
P> Comma
es the RS<‐>IP
] [IF] ON/OFF] [IF] G {sign} [IF] N/OFF] [IF]
rameter to conrward serial d
ress and port.number, separin range fromut may conflic
rotocol and ment).
bles RS<‐>IP f
CTS signals op
F (CTS & RTS sREMOTE (CTS This mode wously.
ing serial RS inRS232/422/4
smission switc
he BREAK con
er you should n changes
h specified nu
ed in P4s as ‘Prolled via the t
mmand
ses. Its typicaions, not avai
ted
D> Comman
ctionality tha
and
P (Serial to Eth
nfigure. Inputdata packets).
. For Input (INrated by a col
m 1024 to 6553ct with anothe
mode. Possible
function
peration mode
ignals are notinput is transrks over both
nterface. Poss85 interface i
ching (ON/OFF
nditions throu
perform the f
mber of SHDS
Power SAVE mtouch screen.
al use is when lable with the
nd
t is ‘added’ to
hernet) functi
t (IN: local IP p
N) address [adon (:). For TCP35 inclusively.er built‐in serv
e values are: U
e and is only a
t used), LOCALferred to the TCP and UDP
sible values ars available.
F) of the BREA
gh RSIP
following com
SL channels.
mode comman
customer mae general prod
o the system b
on of the mod
port that rece
dr] is just a poP Server mode. Port numbervices like SNM
UDP (use UDP
available in RS
L (TCP: When remote RTS oP protocols an
re RS1 (for firs
AK condition.
mmand sequen
nd (see 4.9.4).
ay wish to enaduct release.
by a license KE
dem.
ive serial data
ort number. Fe only an IP adrs below 1024MP or NTP. It's
P protocol), SE
S‐232 interfac
UP local RTS output and vicnd should be e
st RS interface
nce:
able the P4 to
EY, that is in tu
a packets) or O
or Output (OUddress should4 may be useds not recomm
ERVER (work a
e.
is looped to Cce versa). If coenabled on bo
e). This param
Page 115
operate with
urn will be pro
Output (OUT:
UT) address [ad be specified.d as well as poended to use
as TCP Server)
CTS), UDP (RTSommunicationoth ends of
meter may be
5 of 152
ovided
addr] is . The ort ports
,
S is n is not
P4/P2
OFF ignore
Examples: RSIP ON RSRSIP UDP RRSIP IN 500RSIP OUT 1
UDP Point
UDP Broad
User Gu
es the BREAK c
S: RS: 00 RS: 172.16.53.1:50
to Multipoint
dcast
ide
conditions (in
en se m
000 RS: se se re
t (Multicast ad
this case BRE
nables RS<‐>Ielects UDP momeans to selecelects IP addreerial data will eceived on list
ddresses are I
EAK conditions
P ode ct port 5000 foess 172.16.53be transferreten port.
P addresses in
s will appear a
or the receptio.1 and port 50d to. Only pac
n the range fr
as zero bytes
on of serial da000 as addresckets from thi
rom 224.0.0.0
in data stream
ata packets ss of the remois address will
to 239.255.2
Page 116
m)
ote system whl be accepted
55.255):
6 of 152
here when
P4/P2
User Guide
Page 117
7 of 152
P4/P2
TCP Point t
COM Serve
10.6.5.39
This comm
CP_01_CM
10.6.5.40
This commData bits: 5Parity: N, E
N ‐
E ‐ E
O ‐
M ‐
S ‐ SStop bits: 1
CP_01_CM
10.6.5.41
This comm
User Gu
to Point
er
9 <RSR
mand sets the
M> RSRATE 1
0 <RSF
mand defines t5..8 E, O, M, S
None
Even
Odd
Mark
Space 1, 1.5, 2
M> RSFORMAT
1 <RSD
mand sets the o
ide
RATE [N]>
bitrate of the
15200
FORMAT [F
the RS‐232/RS
T 8N1
DUPLEX [F
operating mo
Command
serial interfac
Format]> C
S‐485 data for
F/H] Comm
ode of the RS‐4
d
ce.
Command
rmat. [Format
and
485 interface:
] means:
:
Page 118
8 of 152
P4/P2
F m
H m
10.6.5.42
This comm
For the Nx
For the RS2
10.6.5.43
This comm
OFF
ALL is lo
DAT
10.6.5.44
This commSRC:
NOR
INT
TTCDIR:
CO
CON
CO_01_CM
10.6.5.45
The <NET>
10.6.5.46
Type <H> aadditional
CP_NET>H--------Type 'H NETCONFINETCONFICOSCONFICOSCONFIRSTP DEFRSTP [CORSTP [BRRSTP [A.PBVLAN [MODE [IFVLAN [IFQOS [IF]ALLOW [I
User Gu
eans FULLDU
means HALFDU
2 <EXT
mand sets the t
64 interface:
232 and RS48
3 <AUT
mand sets the a
F means line 1
means a locaooped to line 1
TA means loca
4 <EXT
mand defines t
RMAL means
means clocke
C means clocke
means Co‐dir
NTRA means C
M>EXTCLOCK
5 <NET
> command en
6 <H> C
and the monithelp on [com
H ----------[command]'G G [N/R/S/BG G [N/R/S/B
FAULT ONF/STATE] R/IF] [OPT].E] [ON/OFIF] [A..E/
F] [ACC/TRUF] [1..8] [0..7] F] [VLAN l
ide
PLEX
UPLEX
TRATE [N]>
transmission
N=1…128 (V.3
5 interfaces: N
TOLOOP O
autoloop mod
141 is ignored
al loop forced 115 (use in TT
al loop forced
TCLOCK [S
the Nx64 clock
clocked by DS
ed by internal
ed (Received
ectional mode
Contra‐directi
INT CO
T> Comma
nables the Net
Command
tor lists all avamand].
---------- to get ad Sho
B] Sho Sho
B] Sho Sho Sho [N] Set
FF] SwiS] Set
UNK/MIX]Set Set Setist] Set
> Comman
rate N for Nx6
35/V.36/X.21)
N is the Baudr
OFF/ALL/DA
de.
by line 141 isTC clocking mo
by line 141 is
SRC] [DIR]>
king modes.
SL
oscillator
Clock) by line
e
onal mode
nd
twork subme
ailable comma
-----------dditional how network ow new/runnow CoS confow new/runnow RSTP staow RSTP stat RSTP Briditch RSTP Ot port-baset mode of Lt default Vt default Qt list of V
d
64/RS‐232/RS
) or N=1…7 (V
rate (9600 for
ATA> Com
s allowed. Datode)
s allowed. Dat
> Comman
113 (Termina
nu with entry
ands in the NE
-----------help on [coconfiguratning/startufigurationning/startuate/configuate/configudge/InterfaON/OFF at Ped VLAN forLANx interfVLAN index QoS for accVLANS to al
S‐485 interface
.28), in this ca
r instance). N=
mand
ta from line 1
ta from line 10
d
al Transmit Clo
y and display o
ET sub‐menu.
-----------ommand] tion up/backup n
up/backup Curation uration ace propertPBVLAN A..Er the interfaces: accefor accesscess portsllow on tru
es.
ase the Nx64 d
=1200…25600
03 is looped t
03 is looped to
ock)
of correspond
If you type H
-----------
network con
CoS configu
ties E rface ess, trunk,s ports
unk interfa
data rate will
00.
to line 104 an
o line 104.
ing paramete
[command] y
-----------
nfiguration
uration
mixed
ace
Page 119
be Nx64 kbps
d clock from
rs.
you will get
--
n
9 of 152
s.
line113
P4/P2
VID [1-8MACLIST MACLIST MACLIST MACLIST MACFILTEMACRULE SETIP x.GATEWAY NETMASK MTU [68.WANIDLE ETHSD [MFC [ON/OIRATE [sERATE [sCRATE [sCOS [QOSSNMP [V1SNMPACL TRAPIP [TRAP [1/TRAP [1/COMMUNITCOMMUNITSNMPSET SNMP [ROSNMP [ROSNMP [RORMONALARRMONEVENSNTP [1/SNTP TZ DST SUMMDST WINTDST [OFFSYSLOG [NETDEFAUSSH|TELNSSH PORTRADIUS [RADIUS [RADIUS [RADIUS RRADIUS TSYSNAME SYSLOCATSYSCONTASTATUS RAPPLY [ACONNECT LINK [NNLINKCLEAM H --------CP_NET>
10.6.5.47
Without painterfaces:
CO_06_NE--------
User Gu
] ID SHOW SHOW [N/R/[IF] ADD [[IF] DEL [R [LAN1-5][LAN1-5] [x.x.x x.x.x.x x.x.x.x .1500] [1/7E]
MODE] [N=1-OFF] [N=1-2peed/OFF] peed/OFF] peed] [CoS/VLAN] [N]|V2C|V3] [[1/2] [IP/1/2] [IP/O2] [V1/V2C2] V3 [RO/Y Y [GET/SET[ON/OFF]
O|RW] NAME O|RW] AUTH O|RW] PRIV RM N [ON/OFNT N [ON/OF2] [IP/OFF[+/-]HH:MM
MER ER
F/INFO/NAME1/2] [IP/O
ULT NET|HTTP [O [N] 1/2] SECRE1/2] TEST 1/2] [IP:P
RETRIES [0.IMEOUT [1.[SET] ION [SET]
ACT [SET] RADIUS [NRSALL/GROUP] [N:[1-13/R
N] AR ----------
7 <NET
arameters the
T>NETCONFI----------
ide
Ass ShoS/B] ShoMAC] AddMAC/N] Del [ON/OFF]Erule] Set Set Set Set Set Sel2] Set] Set[N=1-2]Set Set] [WAN]Set [0..3/OFFON|OFF]ActOFF] Set
OFF] SetC] SelRW] Sel Set
T/TRAP] Set Ena Set[MODE] Set[MODE] Set
FF] SetFF] SetF] SetM Set Set Set
E] SelOFF] Set Set
ON/OFF] Ena Set
ET Set Tes
PORT/OFF]Se.10] Set.5] Set Sho Sho ShoB] Sho App
R]] Est Est Exi Ret Sho----------
TCONFIG [
e <NETCONFIG
G ----------
sign VID toow MAC filtow new/runnd MAC to thlete MAC frEnable/disat the MAC Ft modem IP t gateway It netmask t port INT lect WAN idt Nth Ethert Ethernet t LAN port t modem egrt COS egresF]Set QoS/Vtivate suppt/delete SNt/delete IPlect v1/v2clect v3 andt SNMP commt SNMP GET/able/disablt SNMPv3 ust SNMPv3 ust SNMPv3 ustup RMON altup RMON evt/delete SNt local timt Summer tit winter tilect Dayligt/delete Syt default nable/disablt TCP or UDt shared kest Radius set/delete It number oft Radius reow/Set sysNow/Set sysLow/Set sysCow RADIUS sply changestablish contablish locit all locaturn to Conow availabl-----------
N/R/S/B]> C
G> command
-----------
o the VLAN ter settingning/startuhe white lirom the whiable MAC fiFilter behaaddress IP address
MTU dle patternrnet port sport flow ingress raress rate lss rate limVLAN to COSport for SNNMP poller P address fc for trapd user for munity name/SET/TRAP cle SNMP SETser securitser authentser privacylarm N vent N NTP server me zone ime rule ime rule ght Saving yslog servenetwork conle managemeDP port forey for Radiserver connIP address f retries fesponse timName variabLocation vaContact varserver stats to runninnnection tocal connectal connectinfigurationle commands-----------
Command
displays the r
-----------
specifiedgs up/backup Mist ite list iltering aviour
n speed control ate limit limit mit S mapping NMP v1, v2cIP addressfor SNMP tr
trap e community T commands.ty name tication: My: DES,AES,
IP address
Time er IP addrenfigurationent serversr selected ius Server nection andand port ffor both Rameout, secoble ariable riable tus and parng configuro remote untion ions n Managemens -----------
running config
-----------
MAC list
c, v3 ses rap message
MD5,SHA,NONNONE
ses
esses n s service 1 or 2 d User datafor Radius adius serveonds
rameters ration nit
nt Menu
-----------
guration of the
-----------
es
NE
a Server
ers
-----------
e network sub
-----------
Page 120
--
bsystem and
---
0 of 152
P4/P2
Running --------Ethernet Descri Access Port-b VLAN QoS VLAN1 VLAN2 VLAN3 VLAN4 VLAN5 VLAN6 VLAN7 VLAN8 OTHER Speed Flow cSystem s IP add Subnet DefaulSNMP SNMP v Allowe Trap ISNMP v1, GET/SE SET coSNMP v3 Securi Auth/P Auth P Priv PServices Syslog SNTP Summer Winter Radius Radius--------CO_06_NE VLAN (VL
Ethernet
Descriptio
Mode
Port base
VLAN
QoS
VLAN1 VI: : VLAN8 VI
OTHER VL
Ethernet
Speed/Du
Flow cont
User Gu
Network Co---------- settings ption /Trunk ased VLAN VID=1 VID=2 VID=3 VID=4 VID=5 VID=6 VID=7 VID=8 VLANS ontrol ettings
dress mask t gateway
versions d pollers P/version v2c communT/TRAP mmand users ty name riv assword assword
g servers servers time time servers secret ----------T>--------
LANs & QoS) c
settings
on
ed VLAN
D=xx
D=xx
LANS
port configur
uplex
trol
ide
onfiguratio----------: LAN1 LA: LAN1 LA: ACC A: [A] [: 1 : 2 : : : : : : : : : : AUTO AU: OFF O
: 192.168: 255.255: 192.168
: v1 v2c : All : 192.168
nity : public/: Enabled: Read-on: snmp_ro: none/no: --- : --- : TELNET,: : 192.168: MAR las: OCT las: 192.168: entered--------------------
configuration
Port
Port
Type
Isola
VLAN
Prio
ConfconfPlus
ConfPlus
rations
Ope
Flow
on -----------AN2 LAN3 AN2 LAN3 ACC ACC A] [A] 1 1 2 2
UTO AUTO OFF OFF
.1.6 5.255.0 .1.254
v3
.169.12(v3
public/pubd nly (RO) o one SSH(22),
.1.254 stSUN (30)stSUN (26).1.252:181
d ----------------------
s
t identifier of t
t Description (
e of port (trun
ation of ports
N identifier fo
rity for each o
figurations anfigured separaes and minus
figurations foes and minus
ration mode o
w control mod
-----------LAN4 LAN5LAN4 Back ACC ACC [A] [A] 1 1 2 2 AUTO AUTO OFF OFF
MAC addresManagementWAN idle p
3, RO)
blic
Re sn no -- --HTTP
00:00w +6 00:00w +012 19 en----------------------
the internal E
(ifAlias)
nk, access or m
or each of acce
of access port
nd identifiers (ately. es mark trans
r other VLANses mark trans
of the Etherne
de of the Ethe
-----------5 WAN1 WAkp WAN1 WAC Trunk Tr [A] [ + + + + + + + + + O F
ss : 0t MTU : 1pattern: A
ead-write (nmp_rw ot selected-- --
60min 0min 92.168.1.25ntered ----------------------
thernet switc
mixed)
ess ports
s
(xx=1..4094) f
smission/locki
s, which are nsmission/locki
et interface
rnet interface
-----------AN2 WAN3 AN2 WAN3 runk Trunk [A] [A] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
00:0f:d9:041500 All 1's
(RW)
d
TZ
54:1812
----------------------
h
for each of 8 V
ng of VLAN fo
ot configuredng for each o
e
-----------WAN4 INTWAN4 INTTrunk ACC [A] [A] 1 2 + + + + + + + + +
4:a7:25
Z: UTC+01:0
----------------------
VLANs which a
or each of inte
d separately. f interfaces.
Page 121
--- T T C
00
--- -----------
are
erfaces.
1 of 152
--
P4/P2
General s
MAC add
IP addres
Subnet M
Default G
Managem
WAN idle
SNMP set
SNMP Ve
Allowed p
Trap IP/ve
GET/SET/
SET comm
SNMP v3
Security n
Auth/Priv
Auth pass
Priv passw
Service se
Services
Syslog ser
SNTP serv
TZ
Summer T
Winter Ti
Radius se
Radius se The NETCOthe NETCO
---------Warning: CP_NET>
The <NETCon the para
After succeshown. Thewell .
10.6.5.48
Without pa
CO_NET>C-------- Running -------- QoS to C
User Gu
settings
ress
s
Mask
Gateway
ment MTU
e pattern
ttings
rsion
pollers
ersion
/TRAP
mand
users
name
v
sword
word
ettings
rvers
vers
Time
me
ervers
ecret
ONFIG commaONFIG comma
-----------New networTo view neTo view ruTo apply cDo not for
CONFIG [N/R/Sameter.
essful executioe warning me
8 <COS
arameters the
OSCONFIG ----------
QoS Config----------
oS mapping
ide
MAC
IP ad
Netw
Defa
Max
Idle
Activ
List o
IP adwha
SNM
Enab
User
User
User
Auth
Priva
List o
First
First
Time
Sum
Win
IP ad
Show
and always disnd displays th
-----------rk configurew network unning netwchanges in rget to 'CO
S/B]> comma
on of a commessage explain
SCONFIG [
e <COSCONFIG
----------
guration ----------
g Per-
C address of t
ddress of the
work mask of
ault gateway o
ximal size of m
pattern for em
ve SNMP vers
of hosts allow
ddress of Trapt user (RO or
MP v1 and v2c
bled or Blocke
r with Read‐O
r names for RO
r Authenticati
hentication pa
acy password
of running ma
t and Second S
t and Second S
e Zone setting
mmer Time cha
ter Time chan
ddress and po
ws if shared se
splays the runhe running con
-----------ration diffconfigurat
work configconfigurat
ONFIRM' a g
nd displays on
mand that chaning that the n
[N/R/S/B]>
G> command
-----------
-----------
-VLAN CoS o
he device
device
the device
of the device
management p
mpty frames i
sions
wed to perform
p receiver andRW) will send
c community f
ed SNMP V1 a
Only (RO) and
O and RW use
ion (MD5/SHA
assword (SNM
(SNMP v3)
anagement se
Syslog server
SNTP server IP
gs
ange settings
nge settings
ort used for fir
ecret has bee
nning configurnfiguration an
-----------fers from rtion, type guration, ttion, type good workin
ne of four con
nges any paranew configura
Command
displays the r
-----------
-----------
override
packets, bytes
if transmitted
m SNMP poll
d Trap versiond trap messag
for GET, SET a
and V2c SET op
Read‐Write (R
er
A/NONE) and
MP v3)
ervers
IP address
P address
rst and second
n entered or
ration. If the nnd a warning:
----------running ne'NETCONFItype 'NETC'APPLY VLng configu
nfigurations: N
ameter showetion differs fr
d
running CoS co
-----------
-----------
s
over E1 links
. If SNMP v3 ies.
and TRAP mes
peration
RW) access rig
Privacy (DES/
d RADIUS serv
not
new configura
----------twork confG N' ONFIG R' AN' or 'APration.
New, Running,
ed by NETCONom the runnin
onfiguration:
-----------
-----------
: all 1's or 7E
s selected, it i
ssages
ghts
/AES/NONE)
vers
tion differs fr
----------iguration!
PLY ALL'.
, Startup, or B
NFIG, the new ng configurati
-----------
-----------
Page 122
is shown
om the runnin
--
Backup, depen
configurationion is displaye
---
---
2 of 152
ng one,
nding
n is ed as
P4/P2
--------QoS : 0 CoS : 3 --------Egress CoS 0 CoS 1 CoS 2 CoS 3 --------Ingress Per portTotal -------- CO_NET>
It shows thbe accuratThe rate lim
The <COSCdepending
10.6.5.49
RSTP DEFA
Al
Ea
Ea
Ea
Ea
He CX_03_NE PB Stat-------- A Disa B Disa C Disa D Disa E Disa--------IFACE P--------LAN1 1LAN2 1LAN3 1LAN4 1LAN5 1WAN1 1WAN2 1WAN3 1WAN4 1MWAN1 1MWAN2 1--------CX_03_NE
User Gu
----------1 2 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 3
-------Rat: WAN1 : OFF : OFF : OFF : OFF ----------: LAN1 : OFF : OFF ----------
he QoS‐to‐CoSely configuredmits for any in
CONFIG [N/R/Sg on the param
9 <RST
AULT comman
ll RSTP instanc
ach system int
ach system int
ach RSTP insta
ach RSTP insta
ello time for e
T>RSTP DEFus Vlan/----------bled 1/1 bled 1/1 bled 1/1 bled 1/1 bled 1/1 ----------rio PathCo----------28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO ----------T>
ide
--- ----6 7 VLAN3 3 CoS
te limit--- WAN2 WA OFF O OFF O OFF O OFF O---------- LAN2 OFF
----------
S and VLAN‐tod! nterface are a
S/B]> commameter.
TP DEFAUL
d restores fac
ces are disabl
terface has pr
terface calcul
ance has prior
ance works in
each RSTP inst
FAULT VID Prio ---------- 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 ----------
ost Edge -------- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes --------
-----------N: 1 2 3 4 : - - - -
-----------AN3 WAN4OFF OFFOFF OFFOFF OFFOFF OFF-----------
-----------
o‐CoS mapping
lso displayed.
nd displays on
LT> Comm
ctory settings
ed; modem w
riority 128 (0x
ates PCOST au
rity 32768 (0x
VLAN# 1
tance is 2 seco
Hello ------- 2 2 2 2 2
-------
-------- 5 6 7 8 - - - -
--------
--------
-----------
g. CoS (Class o
.
ne of four CoS
mand
for RSTP subs
works like it ha
x80)
utomatically
x8000)
onds
-----------
of Service) as
S configuratio
systems:
as no RSTP sys
-----------
well as QoS (Q
ns: New, Run
stem.
-----------
Quality of Serv
ning, Startup,
Page 123
---
vice) – and ha
, or Backup,
3 of 152
ave to
P4/P2
10.6.5.50
RSTP systePBVLAN. It
RSTP [A . .
10.6.5.51
This command settabbridge selerecommenDefault RST
10.6.5.52
This commworking atVLAN that
10.6.5.53
This commpackets wi
10.6.5.54
This commwhen seveinterfaces
LA
W
M
10.6.5.55
This common the bit rAvailable in
LA
W
M
10.6.5.56
This commin egress ddirection, itopology. Iseconds th
LA
W
User Gu
0 <RST
m creates sept means that u
E] [ON/OFF] C
1 <RST
mand sets custble part of bridection for netwnded to use vaTP bridge prio
2 <RST
mand allows set specific PBVLcovers the wh
3 <RST
mand selects till be send eve
4 <RST
mand selects ineral interfaces are:
AN1 – LAN5
WAN 1, 2, 3, 4
MWAN 1, 2
5 <RST
mand allows aurate. The highnterfaces are:
AN1 – LAN5
WAN 1, 2, 3, 4
MWAN 1, 2
6 <RST
mand sets the irection and wit will switch itf EDGE is manhe port will fal
AN1 – LAN5
WAN 1, 2, 3, 4
ide
TP [A..E] [O
parate instancup to 5 RSTP in
Command ena
TP [A..E] P
tom bridge pridge id (802.1Dwork and it's ralues from 0 tority is 32768.
TP [A..E] V
election of a VLAN. Please nohole network
TP [A..E] H
ime interval bery HELLO tim
TP [IFACE]
nterface priorhave the sam
TP [IFACE]
utomatic pathher bit rate the:
TP [IFACE]
EDGE attributwill work in Dets role to EDGnually set to Ol into a Blocke
ON/OFF]> C
ce for each PBnstances coul
ables/disables
RIO [value
iority for RSTPD ‐ 2004, 9.2.5replacementso 61440 while.
LAN [1..8]>
VLAN that will ote that RSTPshould be sel
ELLO [2..1
between two ce. Default val
] PRIO [0..2
ity. The valueme root path c
] PCOST [A
h cost selectioe lower the pa
] EDGE [ON
te of a selecteesignated statGE OFF and wiOFF, it will neved state. Avai
Command
BVLAN. Every id be created
s RSTP for spe
]> Comma
P occurrence w5). Smaller vals in case of faue each value s
> Comman
be used for R will relay on ected. Defaul
0]> Comm
consecutive Rue is 2 second
240]> Comm
should be mucost. The port
AUTO/1..20
on or allows math cost. The
N/OFF]> Co
ed interface. Ifte. Other packll fall into Forver become EDlable interface
instance will won a device.
ecific PBVLAN.
nd
working at spue denotes beults. Availableshould be mul
d
RSTP service dnetwork topolt VLAN is 1.
and
STP service mds.
mand
ultiple of 16. Twith lowest p
0000000]>
manual settingport with a lo
ommand
f EDGE is ON, kets will be fowarding or BlDGE port, i.e. es are:
work only wit
.
ecific PBVLANetter (higher) interval is froltiple of 4096.
ata transmissology covered
messages in se
The port priorport priority w
Command
s. In the autoower path cost
the port will norwarded. Butocked state dif BPDU packe
h ports includ
N. This value repriority. This om 0 to 65535.
sion (BPDU) foby selected V
conds. It mea
rity intended twill be selected
d
matic mode tt will be selec
not forward Rt if it will receidepending on et is not recei
Page 124
ded in specific
epresents priooption allows5 inclusively. I
or RSTP occurrVLAN, that is w
ans that BPDU
to resolve situd then. Availa
he value depeted as a root
RSTP BPDU paive BPDU in inthe network ived after 30
4 of 152
ority s Root t is
rence why a
U
uation able
ends port.
ckets ngress
P4/P2
M
10.6.5.57
This comm CX_03_NE PB Stat-------- A Enab B Disa C Disa D Disa E Disa--------IFACE P--------LAN1 1LAN2 1LAN3 1LAN4 1LAN5 1WAN1 1WAN2 1WAN3 1WAN4 1MWAN1 1MWAN2 1--------CX_03_NE RSTP con
PB
Status
VLAN/VID
Prio
Hello
RSTP con
IFACE
Prio
PathCost
Edge
10.6.5.58
Command
CX_03_NE PV Port-------- A 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 800A
User Gu
MWAN 1, 2
7 <RST
mand shows ac
T>RSTP CONus Vlan/----------led 1/1 bled 1/1 bled 1/1 bled 1/1 bled 1/1 ----------rio PathCo----------28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO 28 AUTO ----------T>
figurations fo
D
figuration for
8 <RST
shows RSTP a
T>RSTP STA
ID IFACE S---------- LAN1 U LAN2 D LAN3 D LAN4 D LAN5 D WAN1 U R WAN2 U WAN3 D WAN4 D
A MWAN1 D
ide
TP CONF>
ctual RSTP con
NF VID Prio ---------- 32768 32768 32768 32768 32768 ----------
ost Edge -------- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes --------
or whole devi
Por
RST
Disp
RST
Hel
r an interface
Inte
Inte
Inte
Edg
TP STATE>
actual status.
ATE
tatus Stat----------
UP Fwd DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---UP DiscUP Fwd DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---
Command
nfiguration fo
Hello ------- 2 2 2 2 2
-------
ce
rt Base VLAN l
TP status for a
plays service V
TP bridge prio
lo time in sec
erface name
erface priority
erface Path Co
ge attribute is
> Command
te Role Bit----------- Desi 100
- --- - --- - --- - --- c Alt 5.6 Root 5.6
- --- - --- - ---
d
r all instances
etter. Could b
n instance.
VLAN number
rity
onds
y
ost
enabled or di
d
trate PCo-----------0.0Mbit AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT696Mbit AUT696Mbit AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT
s.
be from A to E
r and VID for R
isabled
ost -----------TO/200000 TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/3511235 TO/3511235 TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ ---
E
RSTP service m
Edge -------- Yes --- --- --- --- No No --- --- ---
messages
Page 125
5 of 152
P4/P2
800B B 8001 8002 C 8001 8002 D 8001 8002 E 8001 8002--------CX_03_NE RSTP Stat
PV
PortID
IFACE
Status
State
Role
Bitrate
PCost
Edge
10.6.5.59
This comm
CP_NET>PCP_NET>P--------New Netw--------Ethernet Access Port-b VLAN QoS VLAN1 VLAN2 VLAN3 VLAN4 VLAN5 VLAN6 VLAN7 VLAN8 OTHER Speed System s MAC ad IP add Subnet DefaulSNMP: Send t Commun SET co--------Warning:
User Gu
MWAN2 D MWAN1 D MWAN2 D MWAN1 D MWAN2 D MWAN1 D MWAN2 D MWAN1 D MWAN2 D----------T>
tus
9 <PBV
mand assigns t
BVLAN LAN1BVLAN INT ----------
work Config---------- settings /Trunk ased VLAN VID=1 VID=2 VID=3 VID=4 VID=5 VID=6 VID=7 VID=8 VLANS ettings
ddress dress mask t gateway
raps to IPity mmand ---------- New netwo To view n To view r To apply Do not fo
ide
DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN ---DOWN -------------
Por
Por
Inte
Stat
Stat
Por
Por
Act
Edg
VLAN [IF] [
he network in
B A ----------
guration ----------: LAN1 LA: Trunk Tr: [B] [: : : - : - : - : - : - : - : - : + : + : AUTO AU: : 00:0f:d: 192.168: 255.255: 0.255.2
P: : : Enabled----------
ork configunew networkrunning netchanges in
orget to 'C
- --- - --- - --- - --- - --- - --- - --- - --- - --- -----------
rt Base VLAN l
rt identificatio
erface name
tus of a port:
te of a port: F
rt role: Design
rt bitrate
ual interface P
ge status of a p
[A..E]> Com
nterface (LANx
-----------
-----------AN2 LAN3 runk Trunk @] [@] - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + +
UTO AUTO
d9:04:a9:00.0.235
5.255.0 55.255
d -----------uration is k configuratwork confin configuraCONFIRM' a
--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT--- AUT-----------
etter
on
Up or Down
Forwarding or
ating, Root or
Path Cost.
port.
mmand
x, WANx, INT)
-----------
-----------LAN4 WAN1Trunk Trun [@] [@] - + - + - - - - - - - - - - + - + -AUTO
0
-----------shown, becation, typeiguration, ation, typegood worki
TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- TO/ --- -----------
Discarding
r Alternative
) to one of 5 p
-----------
-----------1 WAN2 WAnk Trunk Tr [@] [ + + - - - - - - -
-----------cause it die 'NETCONFItype 'NETCe 'APPLY VLing configu
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --------
port‐based VLA
-----------
-----------AN3 WAN4 runk Trunk [@] [@] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
-----------iffers fromIG N'. CONFIG R'.LAN' or 'APuration.
ANS (PBVLAN
-----------
----------- INT ACC [A] 3 -1
-----------m running.
PPLY ALL'.
Page 126
A..E).
---
---
---
6 of 152
P4/P2
CP_NET>
PBVLANs aconnectedEach PBVLAone can coconnectionappropriatPBVLAN isoletter the fSo, it does PBVLAN isowill aggregand all WACreating a frames, creare severaWAN will tMost setupPBVLANs wuser can se
10.6.5.60
This commalso abbrev
In ACCESS assigned toVLAN equaIn TRUNK mVLANs alloselected). In MIXED mQOS, VLANframes witapply pass/
10.6.5.61
This commto assign V
In ACCESS In MIXED mare alloweIn both ACThere are 8VID comma
10.6.5.62
This commhighest is 7The INT intassigned.
User Gu
are used as a w to PBVLAN AAN is a separaonnect any WAns. Each PBVLAte PBVLAN lettolation works frame had insnot hurt if Wolation also afgate with eachANs go in one PBVLAN witheating bridge l WAN ports iturn on the intps where LANway has benefelect the appr
<MODE [IF]
mand selects thviations can b
mode only uno default VLANal to the defamode only tagwed to pass a
mode tagged aN and VID comth VLAN equal/block rules a
1 <VLA
mand sets defaVLAN informat
mode, only frmode, frames d to egress taCESS and MIX8 separately mand.
2 <QOS
mand sets defa7. Default QoSterface is alwa
ide
way to isolateA will ever be fate switching AN interface tAN can includter for selecteonly in the limide. This is theAN1, PBLAN Affects aggregah other. For exdirection, two only LAN porconnection ann the PBVLANternal Layer2 traffic separafits, in some throach.
[ACC/TRUN
he 802.1Q VLAbe used, for ex
ntagged frameN tag with VIDult VLAN of thgged frames pare those sele
and untaggedmmands) is addl to the defaure set by the A
AN [IF] [1..8
ault VLAN numtion for untag
rames with VLwith VLAN eqgged accordinXED modes ingmanaged VLAN
S [IF] [0..7]
ault QoS for inS is used to asays considere
groups of netforwarded to fabric. As theto any LAN intde from none ed interfaces.mits of one me major differA on one modation of WANsxample, if WAo MWANs willrts and one Wnd thus reducN, but they all switch. This wation is needehe VLAN way.
K/MIX]> Com
AN mode for axample A or A
es pass into (inD and QoS defhe port (set wpass into and octed with the
d traffic is allowded to untagglt VLAN (set wALLOW comm
8]> Comma
mber for interfged traffic.
LAN equal to pqual to port's ng to rules setgressing untagNs in the mod
]> Comman
nterfaces in ACssign quality od in ACCESS m
twork interfacinterface INT,re are 5 PBVLterface exclusto all interfac
odem. Outsidrence with VLAdem is connecs in MWAN (mAN1 and WANl be created e
WAN port will acing frame progo in the samwill, however, ed can be mad. Mix of VLAN
mmand
any LAN interACC for ACCES
ngress) and ofined by QOS,with VLAN comout of the LAN ALLOW comm
wed on the poged frames sowith VLAN command.
and
faces in ACCE
port's default default VLANt by ALLOW cogged frames adem. For each
nd
CCESS or MIXEof service informode and all f
ces from each, which is conLAN and no moively, as well es. To popula
de the modemANs, where thted to WAN1,multi‐WAN). O3 are in PBVLAeach consistingallow the modopagation del
me direction. Anot be sensib
de with PBVLAs and PBVLAN
rface. Along wSS, MIX or M fo
ut of (egress) VLAN and VID
mmand) are allNx port. Frammand (any co
ort. However,o that all framemmand) exit t
SS or MIXED m
VLAN are per egress untagommand. are assigned t managed VLA
ED mode ([IF]rmation for inframes coming
h other. No franected to PBVore than 10 nas create isolate PBVLAN w
m, there is no ihe VLAN infor, PBVLAN C onOnly WAN chaAN A, and WAg of 2 WANs idem to eliminlay. The sameAssigning INT pble in most of ANs only or VLNs is also conv
with the full woor MIXED.
the LANx porD commands.lowed, and thes are allowedmbination of
, on ingress, aes in the systehe port untag
mode ([IF] is L
rmitted to egrged. Frames o
o default VLAAN the VID (V
is LANx, INT)ngressing untag from the INT
ames from inVLAN E. And vetwork interfated LAN‐LANith interfaces,
information amation is carrn another. annels from thAN2 and WANnstead of 1 Mate most softwe applies to thport to the PBthe applicatioLANs only. In venient in som
ords ACCESS,
rt. On ingress. On egress, ohe VLAN tag isd to pass on pVLAN1‐8 and
default VLANem are actualgged, while to
LANx, INT). De
ress. of all other VL
AN. VLAN ID) can b
. The Lowest agged traffic. T interface wi
Page 127
terface LAN2 vice versa. aces in the mN or LAN‐INT , just set the
about the PBVried in the VLA
he same PBVLN4 are in PBVLMWAN with 4 Wware processe case when tBVLAN with LAons. some setups
me application
TRUNK and M
, frames are nly frames wis removed. per‐VLAN basiOTHER can b
N tag (selectedly tagged. On all other VLA
efault VLAN is
LANs are block
be selected wi
priority is 0, t
ll have defaul
7 of 152
odem,
VLAN AN tag.
LAN LAN B, WANs. ing of there AN and
ns. The
MIXED,
th
s. e
d with egress
ANs
used
ked or
ith the
he
lt QoS
P4/P2
10.6.5.63
This commThe VLAN l1‐8). Space
CP_NET>ALCP_NET>ALCP_NET>AL
10.6.5.64
The <VID [are supporas QoS are
10.6.5.65
Without pa
CX_05_NE--------Running --------Port Mode OWhite li 1 009 2 009 3 009 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 -------- MAC Filte
Port
Mode
White list
The <MACRunning, S
10.6.5.66
The <MAC
CX_05_NE--------New MAC
User Gu
3 <ALL
mand selects wlist is a commes in the list ar
LLOW LAN1 1,2LLOW WAN2 5,3LLOW WAN4 ALL
4 <VID
1...8] ID> comrted by the de an attribute
5 <MAC
arameters the
T>MACLIST ----------MAC Filter---------- LAN1
ON/FILTER st 0f5-3e7a0b0f5-bb7a0b0cc-3e7a0b --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ----------
er configurati
t
LIST SHOW [Ntartup, or Bac
6 <MAC
LIST [IF] ADD
T>MACLIST ---------- Filter Co
ide
LOW [IF] [V
which VLANs aa‐separated lre not allowed
2,3 3,OTHER L
[1-8] ID> C
mmand sets VIevice, and avaof the VLAN p
CLIST SHO
e <MACLIST SH
SHOW ----------
r Configura---------- LAN2 ON/INDI
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3b --- --- --- --- --- --- --- -------------
on
Por
ONOFFFILTIND BLO
List
N/R/S/B]> comckup.
CLIST [IF]
[MAC]> comm
1 ADD 00-9----------
onfiguratio
VLAN list]>
are allowed onist of allowedd. To allow all
Command
D for the VLAilable VID numpacket.
OW> Comm
HOW> comma
-----------ation ----------- CATE O
bb7a0b 0093e7a0b 009- - - - - - - - -----------
rt identifier of
: F: TER: non‐listeDICATE:
will be gOCK: port wil
and SNM
of allowed M
mmand display
ADD [MAC
mand adds [M
90-F5-3E-7F-----------on
> Command
n interfaces in VLANS from l VLANS on th
AN with the numbers assigne
mand
and displays t
-----------
----------- LAN3 ON/BLOCK
90f5-bb7a0b90cc-3e7a0b --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- -----------
f the internal E
MACFILTER iMACFILTER i
ed ingress pacnon‐listed in
generated l be blocked uMP Trap will b
MAC addresses
ys, depending
C]> Comma
MAC] address t
F-AC -----------
d
n TRUNK or M1 to 8, and the interface, w
umber 1..8 eqed to the VLAN
the whole MA
-----------
----------- LAN4 ON/BLO
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --------------
Ethernet switc
is enabledis disabled ckets will be fngress packets
upon receivingbe generated
s per interface
g on the param
and
to the White L
-----------
IXED mode ([Ie word OTHE
write ALL in the
ual to the ID pN are in the ra
AC Filter table
-----------
-----------4 OCK OF
bb7a0b 3e7a0b - - - - - - - - -----------
ch
filtered s will be filtere
g of non‐listed
e
meter, one of
List of the spe
-----------
IF] is LANx, WR (allows all oe list.
parameter. IDange from 1 to
for all availab
-----------
----------- LAN5
FF/FILTER
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-----------
ed and SNMP
d packet
four configur
ecified [IF] inte
-----------
Page 128
WANx). other VLANs e
D=1...4094. 8 Vo 4094. VID as
ble interfaces:
---
---
---
Trap
ations: New,
erface:
---
8 of 152
except
VLANs s well
P4/P2
--------Port Mode OWhite li 1 009 2 009 3 009 4 009 5 6 7 8 9 10 --------
It is allowe" symbols a
10.6.5.67
The < MACinterface:
CX_05_NE--------New MAC--------Port Mode OWhite li 1 009 2 009 3 009 4 009 5 6 7 8 9 10 --------
It is allowe" symbols a
10.6.5.68
The <MAC
CX_05_NE--------New MAC--------Port Mode OWhite li 1 009 2 009 3 009 4 009 5 6 7
User Gu
---------- LAN1
ON/FILTER st 0f5-3e7a0b0f5-bb7a0b0cc-3e7a0b0f5-3e7fac --- --- --- --- --- --- ----------
ed to use eitheas MAC addre
7 <MAC
CLIST [IF] DEL
T>MACLIST ---------- Filter Co---------- LAN1
ON/FILTER st 0f5-3e7a0b0f5-bb7a0b0cc-3e7a0b0f5-3e7fac --- --- --- --- --- --- ----------
ed to use eitheas MAC addre
8 <MAC
FILTER [LAN1‐
T>MACFILTE---------- Filter Co---------- LAN1
ON/FILTER st 0f5-3e7a0b0f5-bb7a0b0cc-3e7a0b0f5-3e7fac --- --- ---
ide
---------- LAN2 ON/INDI
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3b ---c --- --- --- --- --- --- -------------
er interface nuess separator.
CLIST [IF]
[MAC/N]> com
LAN1 DEL 5----------
onfiguratio---------- LAN2 ON/INDI
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3b ---c --- --- --- --- --- --- -------------
er interface nuess separator.
CFILTER [L
‐5] [ON/OFF]>
ER 4 OFF ----------
onfiguratio---------- LAN2 ON/INDI
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3b ---c --- --- --- ---
----------- CATE O
bb7a0b 0093e7a0b 009- - - - - - - - -----------
umber or inte It is possible
DEL [MAC
mmand delete
5 -----------on ----------- CATE O
bb7a0b 0093e7a0b 009- - - - - - - - -----------
umber or inte It is possible
LAN1-5] [O
> command en
-----------on ----------- CATE O
bb7a0b 0093e7a0b 009- - - - -
----------- LAN3 ON/BLOCK
90f5-bb7a0b90cc-3e7a0b --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- -----------
erface name, fto enter MAC
/N]> Comm
es [MAC] add
-----------
----------- LAN3 ON/BLOCK
90f5-bb7a0b90cc-3e7a0b --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- -----------
erface name, fto enter MAC
ON/OFF]> C
nables or disa
-----------
----------- LAN3 ON/BLOCK
90f5-bb7a0b90cc-3e7a0b --- --- --- --- ---
----------- LAN4 ON/BLO
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --------------
for example LAC address with
mand
ress or entry
-----------
----------- LAN4 ON/BLO
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --------------
for example LAC address with
Command
ables MAC Filt
-----------
----------- LAN4 OFF/BL
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3 --- --- --- --- ---
-----------4 OCK OF
bb7a0b 3e7a0b - - - - - - - - -----------
AN1 as [IF] pahout separato
number [N] fr
-----------
-----------4 OCK OF
bb7a0b 3e7a0b - - - - - - - - -----------
AN1 as [IF] pahout separato
ter option on s
-----------
-----------4 LOCK OF
bb7a0b 3e7a0b - - - - -
----------- LAN5
FF/FILTER
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-----------
arameter. Systr at all.
rom the White
-----------
----------- LAN5
FF/FILTER
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-----------
arameter. Systr at all.
selected LAN
-----------
----------- LAN5
FF/FILTER
--- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Page 129
---
---
tem accepts "
e List of [IF]
---
---
---
tem accepts "
interface.
---
---
9 of 152
:" or "‐
:" or "‐
P4/P2
8 9 10 --------
It is allowe
10.6.5.69
The <MAC
CX_05_NE--------New MAC--------Port Mode OWhite li 1 009 2 009 3 009 4 009 5 6 7 8 9 10 --------
It is allowe
MACRULE
Paramete
FILTER
INDICATE
BLOCK
10.6.5.70
The <SETIP255 (note t
10.6.5.71
The <NETM
10.6.5.72
The <GATE
10.6.5.73
This commis 1500. Fo
User Gu
--- --- --- ----------
ed to use eithe
9 <MAC
RULE [LAN1‐5
T>MACRULE ---------- Filter Co---------- LAN1
ON/FILTER st 0f5-3e7a0b0f5-bb7a0b0cc-3e7a0b0f5-3e7fac --- --- --- --- --- --- ----------
ed to use eithe
E parameter
er
E
0 <SET
P A.B.C.D> comthat neither a
1 <NET
MASK A.B.C.D>
2 <GAT
EWAY X.X.X.X>
3 <MTU
mand sets the or all other int
ide
--- --- -------------
er interface nu
CRULE [LA
5] [rule]> com
4 INDICATE----------
onfiguratio---------- LAN2 ON/INDI
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3b ---c --- --- --- --- --- --- -------------
er interface nu
Des
Def
EquExte
If uwillTyp
TIP X.X.X.X
mmand sets thaddress of the
TMASK X.X
> command se
TEWAY X.X
> sets the defa
U> Comma
MTU size (Maerfaces MTU
- - - -----------
umber or inte
AN1-5] [RU
mand change
E -----------on ----------- CATE O
bb7a0b 0093e7a0b 009- - - - - - - - -----------
umber or inte
scription
fault rule. Unl
ual to Filter Ruended Traps m
nlisted MAC w be generatedpe ETHSD 10H/
X> Comman
he IP‐address network nor
X.X.X> Com
ets the subne
X.X.X> Com
ault IP addres
and
aximum Transis 2048.
--- --- --- -----------
erface name, f
ULE]> Comm
es MAC Filter [
-----------
----------- LAN3 ON/BLOCK
90f5-bb7a0b90cc-3e7a0b --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- -----------
erface name, f
isted MAC wil
ule, but the SNmust be activa
will arrive the d. /10F/100H/10
nd
of the modemthe address o
mmand
et mask of the
mmand
ss of the route
mission Unit)
--- --- --------------
for example LA
mand
[RULE] for sele
-----------
----------- LAN4 OFF/INDI
b 0090f5-bb 0090cc-3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --------------
for example LA
ll be filtered.
NMP messageated.
Port will be b
00F/AUTO X t
m. The paramof the node ca
modem.
er.
for the port I
- - - -----------
AN1 as [IF] pa
ected interfac
-----------
-----------4 ICATE OF
bb7a0b 3e7a0b - - - - - - - - -----------
AN1 as [IF] pa
e will be gener
blocked and th
to restore por
meter A, B, C aan be equal to
NT and is use
--- --- ---
-----------
arameter.
ce:
-----------
----------- LAN5
FF/FILTER
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-----------
arameter.
rated.
he SNMP
t back.
nd D can takeo 0, or to 255)
ed just for man
Page 130
---
---
---
---
message
e values from 0.
nagement. Sta
0 of 152
0 to
andard
P4/P2
10.6.5.74
This commpattern of pattern to
10.6.5.75
The <ETHSis the num
The <ETHS
CO_CM>ETCO_CM>ET
10.6.5.76
This comm
10.6.5.77
The commHardware IRATE commeans thainternal swcommand,Frame” if tIn general whole inconetwork w
The param128 means256k mean1M means
User Gu
4 <WA
mand sets the 1 is not conve7E can help.
5 <ETH
D [10H/10F/1ber of the Eth
D AUTO> com
HSD 10H 1 HSD AUTO 2
6 <FC
mand enables a
7 <IRA
and IRATE is aEthernet Switmand counts t IRATE commwitch with sele the excess wthe Flow Contit is possible toming bandwiwill work witho
IRATE [rate]
IRATE OFF [N
meter [rate] is s 128 kbps ns 256 kbps 1000kbps
ide
ANIDLE [1/7
idle pattern foenient becaus
HSD [10H/1
100H/100F/AUhernet port, 1
mmand activat
[ON/OFF] [
and disables I
ATE [speed/
an abridgemetch. The IRATEall arriving tr
mand should bectable VLAN will be droppedrol is enabledto use IRATE cdth without tout QoS suppo
[N]: Sets the d
N]: Disable rat
expressed in k
7E]> Comm
or a WAN intese some E1 eq
0F/100H/10
UTO/OFF] [N=0/100 is the r
tes the rate a
[N1-4]> Com
EEE 802.3x flo
/OFF] [N1-4
ent of the IngrE can be set uaffic without be used when and QoS settid if Flow Contd. command if LAaking into accort but with b
desired rate li
e limiting.
kbits or Mbits
mand
erface. Sometquipment will
00F/AUTO/
=1..5]> commarate of 10 or 1
nd duplex aut
mmand
ow control on
4]> Comma
ess Rate. It limp for every LAdiscriminationthe LAN port ings. If incomirol is disabled
AN port is set count VLAN taandwidth con
mit.
s, for example
imes, when thdetect a Loss
/OFF] [N=1
and sets the o100 Mbit/s, F i
to detection.
n LAN ports.
and
mits the incomAN port separan between ingis set to ACCEing traffic has d on the port,
to TRUNK or ags and prioritntrol.
e:
he unit transmof Signal. In t
..5]> Comm
operating modis full duplex a
ming data streately. gress VLAN nuESS mode, so bigger bandwor the switch
to MIXED moties inside inc
mits Ethernet this case, the s
mand
de of the Etheand H is half d
eam that reach
umbers and Qall traffic will width then selh will send so c
ode. IRATE comoming traffic.
Page 131
over E1, an idsetting of the
ernet port, whduplex.
hes the intern
QoS settings. Itbe processedected by IRATcalled “MAC P
mmand will lim. In that case a
1 of 152
dle idle
here N
nal
t d by the TE Pause
mit the a
P4/P2
10.6.5.78
The commERATE combigger banNetwork amode. Thesettings.
The param30M mean
10.6.5.79
The commWAN interqueue withnot intendbandwidthOnly CRAThardware cinterface –interfaces.
User Gu
8 <ERA
and ERATE is mmand countsdwidth then tdministrator ce Network adm
ERATE [rate]
ERATE OFF:
meter [rate] is ns 30000kbps
9 <CRA
and CRATE is face. Starting h “0” number ed to define Qh each CoS queE command ccannot check – e.g. repeater
ide
ATE [speed
an abridgemes all traffic, buthe ERATE setcan configureministrator ha
: Sets the de
Disable rat
expressed in k
ATE [speed
an abridgeme from the 1.3.has the loweQoS [0…7] to Ceue can occupcan be used if the QoS (filedr applications
d/OFF]> Co
ent of Egress Rut unlike IRATEttings the dev QoS with IRAas to be certai
esired rate lim
te limiting.
kbits or Mbits
d] [CoS] [W
ent of CoS Rat.0 firmware Dst priority whCoS; or VLAN py. incoming trafd on its entry or interface c
ommand
Rate. It limits E command thice will drop tATE and ERATEn that those d
mit.
s, for example
WAN]> Com
te. It limits theDCI P4/P2 deviile the queueID to CoS map
ffic has VLANspoint). CRATEconverter mod
the traffic heahe QoS settingtraffic startingE commands idevice LAN po
e:
mmand
e egress bandices have 4 Co with “3” numpping. On the
s. The IRATE cE can be used de when traff
ading to CPU gs make senseg from packetsif LAN ports oorts have diffe
dwidth of seleoS queues witmber has highee contrary, it is
ommand is intoo if the traffic is transmitt
of the device.e for traffic drs with low prif the device werent default Q
cted CoS queuh numbers froest priority. Cs designed for
neffective as thffic is not inteted between t
Page 132
. rop. If traffic hority tag. works in ACCEQoS or VLAN
ue for specifieom 0 to 3. Theommand CRAr assigning
he Ethernet swnded for LAN two or severa
2 of 152
has
SS
ed e ATE is
witch
l WAN
P4/P2
If the sum with high ptransmitte
Examples:
10.6.5.80
This comm
COS [VLANVLAN: ChQOS: ChV: VLQ: IECoS: ReOFF: Tu
Examples:
10.6.5.81
This commaddresses
SNMPACL SNMPACL
10.6.5.82
This comm<SNMP V3<SNMP V1
10.6.5.83
Command
<TRAPIP 1 <TRAPIP 2 <TRAPIP 2
10.6.5.84
This comm
<TRAP 1 V1<TRAP 2 V2
10.6.5.85
This commmessages w
User Gu
of all CRATE spriority will bed.
CRATE [rate]
CRATE OFF [C
CRATE 128 2
0 <COS
mand sets the V
N/QOS] [V=1..8hange VLAN‐thange QoS‐toLAN number (EEE 802.1p Qoesulting CoS (urns off VLAN
COS VLAN 1 3
1 <SNM
mand is used toinside this list
[1/2] x.x.x.x ‐ [1/2] OFF ‐
2 <SNM
mand activates ON>. This co OFF>. This co
3 <TRA
specifies one
192.168.1.1>192.168.1.2>OFF>. This co
4 <TRA
mand defines S
1>. This comm2C>. This com
5 <TRA
mand activateswill be send.
ide
settings and the served first,
[CoS:0..3] [W
CoS:0..3] [WA
1 – Sets rate l
S [QOS/VL
VLAN to CoS a
8/Q=0..7] [CoSto‐CoS mappin‐CoS mapping(1..8) accordinoS (0..7) 0..3) ‐to‐CoS mapp
3 ‐ All frames
MPACL> C
o create SNMt.
set 1st or 2ndremove 1st o
MP [V1|V2C
s or deactivateommand enabommand disa
APIP [1/2] [
or two IP add
. This comma
. This commaommand remo
AP [1/2] [V1
SNMP version
mand set SNMmmand set SNM
AP [1/2] V3
s SNMP v3 for
heir load is bigwhile other q
WAN:1..4]:
AN:1..4]:
limit to 128kb
AN] [N] [0.
and QoS to Co
S=0..3/OFF] ng g ng to NETCON
ping for select
in VLAN 1 will
ommand
P ACL. If enab
d IP address inr 2nd IP addre
C|V3] [ON|O
es various SNMbles SNMP v3bles SNMP v1
[IP/OFF]> C
dresses to sen
nd set IP 192.nd set IP 192.oves 2‐nd IP fr
1/V2C]> Co
of Trap mess
MP version to vMP version to
[RO/RW]>
r 1‐st or 2‐nd T
gger than the queues will be
Sets the de
Disables ra
bps for CoS2 o
.3/OFF]> C
oS mapping.
NFIG table
ted VLAN.
l have CoS 3.
bled, the SNM
n x.x.x.x formaess.
OFF]> Com
MP versions.. 1.
Command
nd SNMP traps
.168.1.1 as Tra
.168.1.2 as Trarom Trap rece
ommand
sages for 1‐s o
v1 for 1‐st Trao V2c for 2‐nd
> Command
Trap receiver
working bande held in buffe
esired rate lim
ate limiting.
on WAN1.
Command
MP SET and Pol
at.
mmand
s to.
ap Receiver 1ap Receiver 2eivers list.
or 2‐nd Trap re
ap receiver. Trap receiver
d
and assign th
dwidth of WAer, awaiting fo
mit.
ll messages w
eceiver.
r.
e SNMP user
AN or MWAN ir an opportun
will be accepte
(RO or RW) fr
Page 133
interfaces, qunity to be
ed only from IP
rom whom th
3 of 152
eues
P
e Trap
P4/P2
<TRAP 1 V3<TRAP 2 V3
10.6.5.86
This comm
COMMUNCOMMUN
10.6.5.87
The <SNMmanagemeThe <SNMbut does nUse this cocommand
10.6.5.88
This comm
<SNMP RO<SNMP RW
10.6.5.89
This commMD5,SHA,N
<SNMP RO<SNMP RW<SNMP RO
10.6.5.90
This commDES,AES,N
<SNMP RO<SNMP RW<SNMP RO
10.6.5.91
There is a bUDP packe
Alar
Use
Use
It is possib
SYSLOG [1/SYSLOG [1/
User Gu
3 RO>. This co3 RW>. This co
6 <COM
mand allows ch
ITY [GET/SET/ITY ‐ set all 3
7 <SNM
PSET ON> coment. However,PSET OFF> coot allow its coommand to prduring config
8 <SNM
mand sets SNM
O NAME>. W NAME>.
9 <SNM
mand set SNMNONE.
O AUTH SHA>. W AUTH MD5>O AUTH NONE
0 <SNM
mand set SNMONE.
O PRIV DES>. W PRIV AES>. O PRIV NONE>
1 <SYS
build‐in systemet to the Syslo
rm status
er login
er actions
le to add up t
/2] x.x.x.x ‐ se/2] OFF ‐ remo
ide
ommand assigommand assig
MMUNITY>
hanging of SN
/TRAP] ‐ set Gcommunity st
MPSET [ON
mmand enable, this commanmmand disabonfiguration arocess SNMP Suration and a
MP [RO|RW
MPv3 user nam
This commThis comm
MP [RO|RW
Pv3 user auth
This comm>. This comm>. This comm
MP [RO|RW
Pv3 user encr
This commThis comm
>. This comm
SLOG [1/2]
m Log (SYSLOg server. Mes
o 2 Syslog sev
et 1st or 2nd IPove 1st or 2nd
gns RO SNMP gns RW SNMP
> Command
MP communi
ET, SET or TRAtrings to the s
N/OFF]> Co
es processingnd makes the bles processingand managemSET requests odministration
W] NAME> C
me for user wi
mand sets SNMmand sets SNM
W] AUTH [M
hentication typ
mand sets SHAmand sets MD5mand disables
W] PRIV [MO
ryption type fo
mand sets DES mand sets AES mand disables
[IP/OFF]>
G) client accossage includes
vers. The SYSL
P address in xd IP address.
user as "authP user as "aut
d
ty for SET/GE
AP communitsame value.
ommand
SNMP SET redevice sensitig SNMP SET r
ment. only in protecn only.
Command
ith Read‐Only
MP user with RMP user with R
MODE]> Co
pe for RO or R
A authenticatio5 authenticatiauthenticatio
ODE]> Com
or RO or RW u
encryption tyencryption tyencryption fo
Command
ording to Syslos:
LOG command
x.x.x.x format.
or" of Trap mhor" of Trap m
T/TRAP messa
y.
equests, whichive to attacks equests, whic
cted networks
y (RO) or Read
Read‐Only accRead‐Write ac
ommand
RW user. The f
on type for SNion type for Son for SNMP u
mmand
user. The follo
ype for SNMP ype for SNMP or SNMP user
d
og protocol (R
d is used for t
messages headmessages hea
ages.
h allows devicover SNMP inch protects th
s. If the netwo
d‐Write (RW) a
cess rights. ccess rights.
following auth
NMP user withNMP user wituser with Read
owing encrypt
user with Reauser with Reawith Read‐On
FC‐3164). It se
hat purpose.
ded to 1‐st Traded to 2‐nd T
e configuration unprotectede device from
ork is not prot
access rights.
hentication ty
h Read‐Only ath Read‐Writed‐Only access
tion types are
ad‐Only accesad‐Write accenly access righ
ends every m
Page 134
ap receiver. Trap receiver.
on and d PC networksm network atta
tected, use thi
ypes are suppo
access rights.e access rightsrights.
supported:
ss rights. ess rights. hts.
essage in a sin
4 of 152
s. acks,
is
orted:
s.
ngle
P4/P2
10.6.5.92
The Syslog been implesoon as SNconnection
It is possib
SNTP [1/2]SNTP [1/2]
10.6.5.93
The SNTP sthe summe
SNTP TZ +4SNTP TZ +1SNTP TZ ‐8
10.6.5.94
This comm
<DST [OFF/
Paramete
OFF
INFO
NAME
Pre‐define
Name
Canada
Brazil
WS
Syria
Palestine
Azer
C‐Eur
ChileAQ
Iran
Paraguay
Cuba
User Gu
2 <SNT
protocol shoemented. TheNTP servers wen, the polling i
le to add up t
x.x.x.x ‐ set 1 OFF ‐ remove
3 <SNT
servers provider/winter time
4:00 ‐ Set Mos1:00 ‐ Set CET 8:00 ‐ Set PST (
4 <DST
mand configure
/INFO/NAME]
er
d time change
Ru
MNO
OCFE
SEAP
MOC
MSE
MOC
MOC
SEAP
MSE
y OCM
MNO
ide
TP [1/2] [IP
uld carry the e SNTP protocoere added, theinterval will b
o 2 SNTP serv
1st or 2nd IP ae 1st or 2nd IP
TP TZ [+/-]H
de UTC time. Te offset.
scow time (Central Euro(Pacific Stand
T> Comma
es Daylight Sa
]> Command
Desc
Disab
List p
Selec
e rules are:
ules
AR SUN>=8 (OV firstSUN (2
CT SUN>=15 (EB SUN>=15 (
EP lastSUN (28PR firstSUN (6
AR lastFRI (28CT lastFRI (31
AR lastTHU (2EP FRI>=21 (2
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
EP SUN>=2 (7PR SUN>=23 (
AR 22 0EP 22 00
CT firstSUN (5AR SUN>=22
AR SUN>=8 (OV firstSUN (2
/OFF]> Co
real time stamol uses a part e SNTP client ecome 1024 s
vers. The SNTP
ddress in x.x.xP address
HH:MM> Co
To change tim
opean time) ard time)
nd
aving Time (DS
cription
bles Daylight S
pre‐defined tim
ct pre‐defined
(9 ) 02:00w +62 ) 02:00w +0m
(19) 00:00w +16) 00:00w +0
8) 03:00w +60 ) 04:00w +0m
8) 00:00w +601) 00:00w +0m
27) 24:00w +66) 00:00w +0m
30) 04:00w +626) 05:00w +0
30) 02:00s +626) 02:00s +0m
7 ) 04:00u +60(27) 03:00u +0
00:00w +60mi0:00w +0min
5 ) 00:00w +60(23) 00:00w +
(9 ) 00:00s +62 ) 00:00s +0m
mmand
mp in every mof NTP prototries to conneseconds
P command is
x.x format.
ommand
me zone use SN
ST) adjustable
Saving Time
me change ru
d time change
60minmin
+60min0min
0minmin
0minmin
60minmin
60minmin
0minmin
0min0min
in
0min+0min
0minmin
essage. For thcol features aect with the se
s used for that
NTP TZ comm
e rules.
ules
e rules
his reason theand is compaterver every 10
t purpose.
and. Note tha
Descripti
Western
Azerbaija
Central E
Chile Ant
e SNTP protocible with SNT0 seconds. Aft
at SNTP proto
ion
Samoa
an
urope
tarctic
Page 135
ol (RFC‐2030)P or NTP servter successful
col doesn’t ch
5 of 152
) has ers. As
heck
P4/P2
E‐Eurasia
LH
W‐Eur
NZ
Jordan
Chile
Haiti
Chatham
TC
Thule
Name
RussiaAsi
AN
Morocco
AS
Namibia
AT
AV
EU
Zion
E‐Eur
NZAQ
Mexico
Uruguay
US
Fiji
EUAsia
User Gu
MOC
OCAP
MOC
SEAP
MOC
SEAP
MNO
SEAP
MNO
MNO
Ru
a MOC
OCAP
MOC
OCAP
SEAP
OCAP
OCAP
MOC
MOC
MOC
SEAP
APOC
OCM
MNO
OCJA
MOC
ide
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
CT firstSUN (5PR firstSUN (6
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
EP lastSUN (28PR firstSUN (6
AR lastTHU (2CT lastFRI (31
EP SUN>=2 (7PR SUN>=23 (
AR SUN>=8 (OV firstSUN (2
EP lastSUN (28PR firstSUN (6
AR SUN>=8 (OV firstSUN (2
AR SUN>=8 (OV firstSUN (2
ules
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
CT firstSUN (5PR firstSUN (6
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
CT firstSUN (5PR firstSUN (6
EP firstSUN (7 PR firstSUN (6
CT firstSUN (5PR firstSUN (6
CT firstSUN (5PR firstSUN (6
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
AR FRI>=23 (CT lastSUN (2
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
EP lastSUN (28PR firstSUN (6
PR firstSUN (6CT lastSUN (2
CT firstSUN (5AR SUN>=8 (
AR SUN>=8 (OV firstSUN (2
CT SUN>=21 (AN SUN>=18 (
AR lastSUN (3CT lastSUN (2
30) 00:00w +626) 00:00w +0
5 ) 02:00w +30 ) 02:00w +0m
30) 01:00s +626) 01:00s +0m
8) 02:00s +60 ) 02:00s +0m
27) 24:00w +61) 00:00s +0m
7 ) 04:00u +60(27) 03:00u +0
(9 ) 02:00w +62 ) 02:00w +0m
8) 02:45s +60 ) 02:45s +0m
(9 ) 02:00w +62 ) 02:00w +0m
(9 ) 02:00w +62 ) 02:00w +0m
30) 02:00s +626) 02:00s +0m
5 ) 02:00s +60m ) 02:00s +0m
30) 02:00w +626) 03:00w +0
5 ) 02:00s +60m ) 02:00s +0m
) 02:00w +60 ) 02:00w +0m
5 ) 02:00s +60m ) 02:00s +0m
5 ) 02:00s +60m ) 02:00s +0m
30) 01:00u +626) 01:00u +0m
28) 02:00w +626) 02:00w +0
30) 00:00w +626) 00:00w +0
8) 02:00s +60 ) 02:00s +0m
) 02:00w +6026) 02:00w +0
5 ) 02:00w +60(9 ) 02:00w +0
(9 ) 02:00w +62 ) 02:00w +0m
(26) 02:00w +19) 03:00w +0
30) 01:00u +626) 01:00u +0m
60minmin
0minmin
0minmin
minmin
60minin
0min0min
60minmin
minmin
60minmin
60minmin
0minmin
minmin
60minmin
minmin
minmin
minmin
minmin
60minmin
60minmin
60minmin
minmin
0minmin
0min0min
60minmin
+60min0min
60minmin
Eastern E
Lord How
Western
New Zeal
Turks and
Descripti
Australia,
Australia,
Australia,
Australia,
European
Eastern E
New Zeal
United St
Nicosia
EurAsia
we Island
Europe
land
d Caicos
ion
, New South W
, South Austra
, Tasmania
, Victoria
n Union
Europe
land, Antarcti
tates
Page 136
Wales
alia
c
6 of 152
P4/P2
<DST [WINfollowing p
ParameteMONTH
DAY
TIME
OFFSET
Example:
CO_06_NEMonth [MDay [lasTime to Offset (
10.6.5.95
Command
CO_04_NE--------Running <------- Service Runnin Syslog SNTP RADIUS
User Gu
NTER/SUMMEparameters m
er
T>DST SUMMMAR] : MAY tSUN] : FIadvance threlative t
5 <[SS
allows enabli
T> SSH ON ----------Network Co
----------
settings g/Port
g servers servers servers
ide
R]> Commandust be entere
DescJAN Day NN firs lastDDD> A moHH MM [W|S W S U Amouthe FormTypi0 1:0060 In tit's
MER
RSTMON he clock [0to Standard
H|TELNET
ng or disablin
----------onfiguratio
----------
: : TELNET, : 255.255.: 255.255.: 255.255.
d allows manued in the dialo
cription FEB MAR Awhen you P
stDDD F D d
tDDD L>=NN A
>oment to a
H M
S|U] D o T
y z T S t U
Uunt of timswitch tomat is eitical value
Local toffset(This is
0 Local tSame as
the summers 0 min.
0:00] : 02d zone time
T|HTTP] [ON
ng of defined s
-----------on
-----------
SSH(22), H255.255 255.255 255.255:18
ual definition og:
APR MAY JUchange tiParticularFirst weekDDD. DDD iday name: Last week A week day>= than NNadjust cloHour Minutes Defines Tyomitted) Time changyour wallzone offseTime changStandard tthe time zUTC time. UTC clock me we add o specifiether HH:MMes are: time will (selected s so calletime will s above (6r time it
2:00 e) [60 min]
N/OFF]>
service.
-----------
- cut -----
HTTP 255.255.255.255.
812 25
for winter and
UN JUL AUGime. r month dak day in tis three-lMON TUE Wday in thy DDD whenN. ock. Has f
ype of spe
ge happensclock, taet and seage happenstime, takizone offseTime chanshows theto Standaed season M or MM.
be UTC tiwith SNTPed Standarbe UTC ti60 minutesis usuall
: 1:00
-----------
-----------
255.255 255.255 55.255.255.
d summer day
G SEP OCT
ay numberthe monthletter abWED THU Fhe month n month d
format HH
ecified t
s in accoaking in ason times in accoing intoet. nge happee specifiard time time occ
ime + TZP TZ commrd time.ime + TZ s == 01:0ly 60 and
-----------
-----------
.255:1812
ylight saving t
NOV DEC
like 5 o with nambreviatioRI SAT SUwith nameay number
:MM[W|S|U
ime (W if
rdance wiaccount t. rdance wiaccount o
ns when ted time. zone timeurs.
and) + 0
offset + 0) in the w
-----------
-----------
Page 137
time change. T
r 30 me n of N DDD. is
]
th ime
th nly
he
when
01:00
winter
---
-->
7 of 152
The
P4/P2
RADIUS--------CO_04_NE--------Running <------- Service Runnin Syslog SNTP RADIUS RADIUS--------CO_04_NE
Note: Defa
10.6.5.96
Command
CO_04_NE--------Running <------- Service Runnin Syslog SNTP RADIUS RADIUS--------CO_04_NE
10.6.5.97
Command
CO_04_NEEnter sRepeat s--------Running <------- Service Runnin Syslog SNTP RADIUS RADIUS--------CO_04_NE
User Gu
secret ----------T> TELNET ----------Network Co
----------
settings g/Port
g servers servers servers secret ----------T>
ault running m
6 <SSH
changes port
T> SSH POR----------Network Co
----------
settings g/Port
g servers servers servers secret ----------T>
7 <RAD
defines comm
T> RADIUS hared secrhared secr----------Network Co
----------
settings g/Port
g servers servers servers secret ----------T>
ide
: entered ----------OFF ----------
onfiguratio
----------
: : SSH(22),: 255.255.: 255.255.: 255.255.: entered ----------
management s
H PORT [N]
t, the SSH serv
RT 2022 ----------
onfiguratio
----------
: : TELNET, : 255.255.: 255.255.: 255.255.: entered ----------
DIUS [1/2] S
mon sharing s
1 SECRET ret: ret: ----------
onfiguratio
----------
: : TELNET, : 255.255.: 255.255.: 192.168.: entered ----------
-----------
-----------on
-----------
HTTP 255.255 255.255 255.255:18
-----------
servers are TE
]>
ver listens for
-----------on
-----------
SSH(2022),255.255 255.255 255.255:18
-----------
SECRET>
ecret for RAD
-----------on
-----------
SSH(22), H255.255 255.255 1.1:1812
-----------
en-----------
-----------
- cut -----
255.255.255.255.
812 25 en
-----------
LNET and HTT
incoming con
-----------
- cut -----
HTTP 255.255.255.255.
812 25 en
-----------
DIUS server an
-----------
- cut -----
HTTP 255. 255. 255.
-----------
ntered -----------
-----------
-----------
255.255 255.255 55.255.255.ntered -----------
TP
nnections.
-----------
-----------
255.255 255.255 55.255.255.ntered -----------
d client
-----------
-----------
255.255.25255.255.25255.255.25
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
.255:1812
-----------
-----------
-----------
.255:1812
-----------
-----------
-----------
55 55 55:1812
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
Page 138
---
---
-->
---
---
-->
---
---
-->
---
8 of 152
P4/P2
10.6.5.98
This commselected us
CO_FMM>RLogin: PPasswordAuthorisCO_FMM>
10.6.5.99
Command client will t
CO_04_NE--------Running <------- Service Runnin Syslog SNTP RADIUS RADIUS--------CO_04_NE--------Running <------- Service Runnin Syslog SNTP RADIUS RADIUS--------CO_04_NE
10.6.5.10
Command first RADIUrequests keauthentica
CO_FMM>R--------Status --------Status Server IServer pShared kRetries Timeout,
User Gu
8 <RAD
mand tests conser.
RADIUS 1 TE4P2USER
d: ed; CONTRO
9 <RAD
adds or remotry to connect
T> RADIUS ----------Network Co
----------
settings g/Port
g servers servers servers secret ----------T>RADIUS 2----------Network Co
----------
settings g/Port
g servers servers servers secret ----------T>
00 <RAD
defines the nUS server fails eeps repeatination. Default
RADIUS RETR---------- ---------- P ort
key seconds
ide
DIUS [1/2] T
nnection with
EST
OL+TEST+STA
DIUS [1/2] [
oves the IP adt to. If the por
1 192.168.----------
onfiguratio
----------
: : TELNET, : 255.255.: 255.255.: 192.168.: entered ---------- 192.168.2----------
onfiguratio
----------
: : TELNET, : 255.255.: 255.255.: 192.168.: entered ----------
DIUS RETR
number of retrto give a repl
ng until the nuparameter is
RIES 5 ---------- : ---------- : : : : : 5 : 2
TEST>
a defined RAD
ATUS+CONFIG
[IP:P/OFF]>
dress of primart is not define
1.1 -----------on
-----------
SSH(2022),255.255 255.255 1.1:1812
-----------.253:21812
-----------on
-----------
SSH(2022),255.255 255.255 1.1:1812
-----------
RIES [0..10]
ries, the RADIy within a defumber exceed2 retries.
----------- Server 1
----------- Connecte 255.255. 1812 entered
DIUS server a
G
>
ary or seconded the default
-----------
- cut -----
HTTP 255.255.255.255. 2 en
-----------2 -----------
- cut -----
HTTP 255.255.255.255.
192. en
-----------
]>
US client will fined timeouts the number
-----------1 -----------ed 255.255
nd returns acc
ary RADIUS set UDP port 18
-----------
-----------
255.255 255.255 255.255.255ntered -----------
-----------
-----------
255.255 255.255 168.1.2:21ntered -----------
try to authen, the client ser of retries, th
----------- Server ----------- Not con 255.255 1812 empty
cess rights or
erver. It is pos12 will be use
-----------
-----------
5.255:1812
-----------
-----------
-----------
1812
-----------
ticate at first ends request ten the client w
-----------2 -----------nnected 5.255.255
Non‐authoris
ssible to specied.
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
-----------
and second Ro the second will use local r
---------
---------
Page 139
sed status to t
ify the port th
---
-->
---
---
-->
---
RADIUS serverRADIUS serverecord for
9 of 152
the
hat the
. If the er. The
P4/P2
--------CO_FMM>
10.6.5.10
Command initialises n
CO_FMM>R--------Status --------Status Server IServer pShared kRetries Timeout,--------CO_FMM>
10.6.5.10
This comm
CO_06_FM--------Status --------Status Server IServer pServer kRetries Timeout,--------CO_06_FM
Paramete
Status
Server IP
Server po
Server ke
The <STATdepending
10.6.5.10
The <NETDvalue. The
CP_NET>N--------Running --------Ethernet Access Port-b VLAN QoS VLAN1 VLAN2
User Gu
----------
01 <RAD
defines the tinext attempt.
RADIUS TIME---------- ---------- P ort
key seconds ----------
02 <STA
mand Show 1‐s
MM>STATUS R---------- ---------- P ort
key seconds ----------
MM>
er
ort
ey
US RADIUS [Ng on the param
03 <NET
DEFAULT> comdefault IP add
NETCONFIG ----------Network Co---------- settings /Trunk ased VLAN VID=1 VID=2
ide
----------
DIUS TIME
imeout is secoDefault param
EOUT 3 ---------- : ---------- : : : : : 5 : 3 ----------
ATUS RADI
st and 2‐nd RA
RADIUS ---------- : Se---------- : No : 19 : 18 : en : 2 : 2 ----------
Desc
Statu
IP ad
Port,
Show
N/R/S/B]> commeter.
TDEFAULT
mmand sets thdress, sub‐net
----------onfiguratio----------: LAN1 LA: ACC A: [A] [: 1 : 2 : :
-----------
OUT [1..5]>
onds. If RADIUmeter is 2 sec
----------- Server 1
----------- Connecte 255.255. 1812 entered
-----------
IUS [N/R/S/
ADIUS server s
-----------erver 1 -----------ot connecte92.168.1.2512
ntered
-----------
cription
us of 1‐st and
ddress of 1‐st a
, a server is lis
ws if shared se
mmand display
T> Comman
he following ctwork masks a
-----------on -----------AN2 LAN3 ACC ACC A] [A] 1 1 2 2
-----------
>
US server giveconds.
-----------1 -----------ed 255.255
-----------
/B]> Comm
status and pa
----------- S-----------ed C52 1 1 e
-----------
2‐nd RADIUS
and 2‐nd RAD
stening on
ecret has been
ys one of four
nd
onfiguration.and gateway a
-----------
-----------LAN4 WAN1 ACC Trun [A] [A] 1 2 + +
-----------
s no answer w
----------- Server ----------- Not con 255.255 1812 empty
-----------
mand
rameters.
-----------Server 2 -----------Connected 192.168.1.21812 entered
-----------
Server
DIUS Server
n entered or n
r RADIUS Serv
The MAC addare not chang
-----------
-----------1 WAN2 WAnk Trunk Tr [A] [ + +
-----------
within defined
-----------2 -----------nnected 5.255.255
-----------
-----------
-----------
254
-----------
not
ver Status: New
dress of the mged.
-----------
-----------AN3 WAN4 runk Trunk [A] [A] + + + +
---------
d period, the R
---------
---------
---------
-----------
-----------
-----------
w, Running, St
modems takes
-----------
----------- INT ACC [A] 1 2
Page 140
RADIUS client
---
---
---
tartup, or Bac
the manufact
---
---
0 of 152
ckup,
turer
P4/P2
VLAN3 VLAN4 VLAN5 VLAN6 VLAN7 VLAN8 OTHER Speed System s MAC ad IP add Subnet DefaulSNMP: Send t Commun SET co--------CP_NET>
User Gu
VID=3 VID=4 VID=5 VID=6 VID=7 VID=8 VLANS ettings
ddress dress mask t gateway
raps to IPity mmand ----------
ide
: : : : : : : : AUTO AU: : 00:0f:d: 192.168: 255.255: 0.255.2
P: : public : Enabled----------
UTO AUTO
d9:04:a9:00.0.235
5.255.0 55.255
d -----------
+ + + + + + + AUTO
0
-----------
+ + + + + + +
-----------
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
----------------------
Page 141
---
1 of 152
P4/P2
11 P4/P
New or olThe proceThe firmw The new mon a hard
co
in
SN
op
In
in
st
‐ t
‐ t
‐ t
‐ i
‐ t
‐ c
‐ t
‐ f
w
ty
at
CX
th
en
User Gu
P2 (Transm
d firmware vedure describware downlo
modem firmdisc directo
onnect a LAN
n this exampl
NM on both
pen HyperTe
n File / Prope
n the ‘Connec
tandard (TEL
type [2] for ‘
type [SOFTU
then on the
in the pop‐u
then navigat
click ‘SEND’
the upload s
following the
when P4 rebo
ype [SOFTCO
t the P4 prom
X_CM>
hen type ‘DE
nd of proced
ide
mission M
versions can bed here woad is perform
ware (e.g. Ory of a comp
N cable betw
le the P4 IP a
devices is se
erminal on a
erties / ‘Setti
ct To’ tab, ‘H
LNET) window
‘Fault & Mai
UPDATE] com
HyperTermi
p window se
te to the loca
starts and tak
e upload typ
oots with a n
ONFIRM] com
mpt ‘CX_MM
FAULT EVER
dure
Module) Fir
be uploadedould generallymed via Ethe
O3_ntu_1‐4‐3puter.
ween PC and
address is 19
et to: 255.25
a PC and sele
ings’ tab, sel
Host address
w opens up w
ntenance M
mmand
nal menu ba
elect ‘
ation of the f
kes approx. 3
pe ‘RESET’ (w
ormal promp
mmand
M’ (Main Men
RYTHING’ com
rmware D
d to P4/P2 dy be undertaernet (the X‐m
38.bin) will b
one of P4 Et
92.168.1.14 a
5.255.0
ect TCP/IP so
lect VT100 a
s’ field type t
with the esta
Management’
anner select [
as th
firmware file
30 sec
wait out appr
pt, select [2]
nu) type [3]
mmand to fi
ownload
evices. aken to implemodem prot
e supplied b
thernet ports
and PC LAN a
ocket, Port 23
s the emulat
the P4 IP add
ablished com
’ menu
[SEND FILE]
he transfer p
e on the PC h
rox. 45sec th
for ‘Fault &
for ‘Configur
nalise P4 init
ement new ftocol).
y DCI and in
s
adapter is se
3
tion protoco
dress (192.16
mms to P4
... CX_FM
(or ‘Transfer
protocol
hard drive e.g
en prompt w
& Maintenan
ration Mana
tial paramet
features des
this example
et to 192.168
l
68.1.14)
MM>
r/Send File’
g. O3_ntu_1
with <CR>)
ce Managem
agement’ me
ers
Page 142
igned by DC
e, assumed t
8.1.7
from the me
‐4‐38.bin
ment’ menu
enu
2 of 152
I.
to be
enu)
then
P4/P2
12 Ser
12.1 Ge
Priobee
Priomancon a) Ifb) d
1‐‐‐‐ 234io56
If th
Envthe
It is a) tb) t w
12.2 Ev
The digital
TheG.70CRC
TheThe Noise G.991.2. ThThis value performanany damagIn additionfour CRC4 If they do nThe G826 cThe correcstatistics oconclusion
User Gu
rvice inst
eneral Re
or to unpackinen specified in
or to device opnual! Remembditions:
f the device odamages resul1) Misuse and‐ failure to use‐ failure to ad‐ failure to ins‐ failure to use standards 2) Maintenan3) Continuing 4) Accidents, insects inside outside of the5) Transporta6) Faults arisin
he equipment
vironment reqexceptions of
strictly prohito alter, deletto adapt, adjuwritten consen
valuation
channel qual
e ITU‐T Rec. G04, based on C6 errors are u
e Noise MarginMargin (NM) he <NM> comprovides the nce monitoringged cable segmn, it is also reccheck bits arenot match, thcommand is uct operation anf E1 interface can be made
ide
tructions
equireme
ng, please ens the purchase
peration, readber that the g
r any of its palting from: d improper inse the producthere to the install and use oe specified ex
ce or repair cto operate a lightning strothe equipmee supplier contion except wng or being in
should be po
quirements: Tef the units tha
bited: e, remove or ust and changnt of the man
n of the D
ity is evaluate
G.826 error pCRC (Cyclic Reused by the so
n (NM) perforprovides qua
mmand is usednecessary resg during accepment. ommended toe generated pe CRC4 error cused to displaynd configurats. If LOOP1 is e that the E1 n
s
ents
sure that the e order/contra
d carefully tecguarantee and
rts fails due t
stallation, inclt for its specifinstructions forof the productxternal power
arried out by malfunctioninkes, flooding, nt, as well as,trol and do no
when the shippduced by syst
owered from a
emperature: at are specifie
make illegiblege the equipmufacturer.
Digital Ch
ed by:
erformance (edundancy Choftware to cou
rmance monitlitative perford to show the erve of the sigptance tests a
o monitor reger sub‐multi‐fcounter is incy the G.826 stions of netwoactivated on network interf
packing is intact.
chnical descripd the free‐of‐c
o improper in
luding but notied purpose r proper prodt in a non‐consupplies and
unauthorizedng device. water, fire, im subjecting deot correspondping is performtem or system
a primary DC s
from ‐5 to +4ed by the man
e the serial nument in order
hannel Q
G826) monitoheck) error deunt the block
toring. rmance informnoise margingnal/noise maand in case the
gularly the quaframe (SMF) aremented. tatistics. ork interfaces this network face of the sys
tact and that
ption and servcharge repair w
nstallation, tes
t limited to:
ucts use and mforming way waccessories th
d service cente
mproper ventevice to electrd to specified med by an autms into which
source (12..50
45 °C; Relativeufacturer to o
umber of the dr to improve
Quality an
oring of a SHetection. Six Cerrors of the
mation of a sp. The recommargin. It is recoe system ope
ality of data trand compared
may be checkinterface andstem is config
the equipme
vice instructiowill not be gra
sting or opera
maintenancewith local techat may not fu
ers and perso
ilation, voltagromagnetic anoperating tecthorized dealethis product i
0V) with groun
e air humidityoperate outsid
device. it or extend
nd Opera
DSL link is peRC6 check bitSHDSL channe
pecific SHDSL lmended NM vaommended torates not stab
ransmission od with the cor
ked by loop ba the G826 stagured imprope
ent model is id
ons. Note everanted under t
ation.
hnical or safeulfil required
nnel
ge drops, ingrend other interchnical conditier or a services integrated.
nded termina
y: from 5% tode of these pa
its application
ation Pa
erformed accos are generatel.
ink accordingalues should bo perform theble. The test is
ver E1 interfaresponding b
ack tests (LOOtistics displayerly or that th
Page 143
dentical to wh
ry Warning inthe following
ty standardstechnical or s
ess of moisturrferences thations. e center.
tion.
o 85% at +25 °arameters.
ns without th
rameters
ording to ITUed per SHDSL
g the ITU‐T Rebe no less thane Noise Margins also used to
aces. On the Eits of the next
OP1) and G.82ys errors, a ere is a malfu
3 of 152
hat has
this
afety
re and t are
°C with
he prior
s
U‐T Rec. L frame.
c. n 6 dB. n locate
1 side, t SMF.
26
unction.
P4/P2
13 Appe
13.1 Qu
13.1.1 A
Access P4
TypP4/
alte
After a su
13.1.2 C
This sectio
The level oIt is provid
The set up the P4 touc
The setup gtransmissiothe data thoperate.
We will useterminatio
NTU‐1: Acc
Type follo
3 <> <DEFAULT
<MASTER
<MASTER
<MASTER
<MASTER
<PAYLOA
<PAYLOA
<PAYLOA
<PAYLOA
<NET> <<SETIP 10
<NETMAS
<GATEWA
<M> <><M> <>
User Gu
endices
uick Inst
Access P4/
4/P2 device v
pe in comma/P2 devices.
ernative prod
ccessful ente
Configure
n describes th
of detail assumed here as a t
assumes an ich screen but
goal in this exon channels (Shroughput and
e acronym of n Unit. The on
cess the NTU
owing comma
T EVERYTHING
R ON 1> <> R ON 2> <> R ON 3> <> R ON 4> <> AD WAN 1> <AD WAN 2> <AD WAN 3> <AD WAN 4> <> 0.0.2.200> <SK 255.0.0.0>
AY 10.0.0.101
ide
allation G
/P2 Device
via Telnet (us
and line <Tel
duction defa
ering the ma
P4/P2 Dev
he detailed lis
mes a specialistechnical refe
nstallation scet, with remote
xample is to eSHDSL) with ad in case of an
NTU (‐1 or ‐2nly difference
device with th
ands
G> <>
> > > >
>
<> 1> <>
Guide fo
e
sing one of th
net 192.168
ult IPA is <19
ain menu of t
vice – Adv
t of paramete
st level knowlrence aid.
enario withoue managemen
stablish an Eta bandwidth sny transmissio
) for either P4e for P2 set up
he either RS‐2
Des
Go t
Set
Con
Con
Con
Con
Con
Con
Con
Con
Go t
Set
Set
Set
Go t
Go t
or P4/P2
he Ethernet
8.1.1> and pr
92.168.0.235
the device w
vanced Gu
ers necessary
edge and as s
ut access to P4nt access via E
hernet transmpeed of 22.8Mon channel (SH
4 or P2. In thep is that there
232, Telnet.
scription
to Configurat
everything to
nfigure SHDSL
nfigure SHDSL
nfigure SHDSL
nfigure SHDSL
nfigure Ethern
nfigure Ethern
nfigure Ethern
nfigure Ethern
to NET menu
the IP‐addres
the subnet m
the default ga
to Configurat
to Main Menu
Devices
interfaces)
ress <ENTER
5>
will be display
uide
to set up a P4
such may not
4 ‘smart’ modthernet or RS
mission betweMbit/s. The traHDSL pair) fail
e telecommunwould be onl
ion Managem
o default confi
1 as MASTER
2 as MASTER
3 as MASTER
4 as MASTER
net over SHDS
net over SHDS
net over SHDS
net over SHDS
ss of the devic
mask
ateway
ion Managem
u
R>. This is the
yed.
4/P2 link.
be undertake
de selection m232.
een the two P4ansmission chlure, the rema
nications verny two transm
ment (CM)
iguration
R
R
R
R
L 1
L 2
L 3
L 4
ce
ment (CM)
e default Eth
n by the majo
menu i.e. witho
4/P2 devices ohannels shouldaining pairs sh
acular NTU stission (SHDSL
Page 144
hernet Addre
ority of P4/P2
out local acce
over 2 or 4 d auto aggreghould continu
tands for NetwL) channels.
4 of 152
ess for
users.
ss to
gate e to
work
P4/P2
2 <> <APPLY A
<CONFIRM
In Menu Co
CO_CM>CO-------- Running -------- xDSL Mode Line c Basera Annex Payloa Clock GS com--------CO_CM> NTU-2: Ac
Type foll
3 <> <DEFAU<MASTE<MASTE<MASTE<MASTE<PAYLO<PAYLO<PAYLO<PAYLO<NET> <<SETIP 1<NETMA<GATEW<M> <><M> <>2 <> <APPLY<CONFIR
In Menu C
CP_CM>CO-------- Running -------- xDSL Mode Extend Line c Basera
User Gu
ALL> <> M> <>
onfiguration M
ONFIG ----------
Line Confi
----------
: oding : te : : d : source :
mpatible : ----------
ccess the NTU
lowing comm
ULT EVERYTER OFF 1> <ER OFF 2> <ER OFF 3> <ER OFF 4> <OAD WAN 1>OAD WAN 2>OAD WAN 3>OAD WAN 4><> 10.0.2.201> <ASK 255.0.0.0WAY 10.0.0.1> >
ALL> <> RM> <>
Configuration M
ONFIG ----------
Line Confi
----------
:
ded rates: oding : te :
ide
Management
----------
guration
----------
DSL1 Master(HT PAM32 89 B WAN Int OFF ----------
U device with
mands
THING> <> > > > > > <>> <> > <> > <>
> 0> <> 01> <>
Management
----------
guration
----------
DSL1 Slave(HTU OFF PAM32 89
Go t
App
Con
(CM) you can
-----------
-----------
DSL2 TU-C) Maste PAM32 89 B WAN Int
-----------
either RS-232
Desc
Go tSet eConConConConConConConConGo tSet tSet tSet tGo tGo tGo tAppCon
(CM) you can
-----------
-----------
DSL2 U-R) Slave OFF PAM32 89
to Fault and m
ply all configur
nfirm all config
n type <CONFI
-----------
-----------
Der(HTU-C) M2 P 8 B W I
-----------
2 or Telnet int
cription
to Configuratieverything to
nfigure SHDSLnfigure SHDSLnfigure SHDSLnfigure SHDSLnfigure Ethernnfigure Ethernnfigure Ethernnfigure Ethernto NET menuthe IP-addressthe subnet mathe default gato Configuratito Main Menuto Fault and m
ply all configunfirm all config
n type <CONF
-----------
-----------
De(HTU-R) S O2 P 8
maintenance m
rations (writte
gurations (wri
G> to see the
-----------
-----------
DSL3 Master(HTU-PAM32 89 B WAN Int
-----------
terface.
ion Managemdefault configL 1 as SLAVEL 2 as SLAVEL 3 as SLAVEL 4 as SLAVEet over SHDSet over SHDSet over SHDSet over SHDS
s of the deviceask teway ion Managemu maintenance murations (writtegurations (wri
FIG> to see th
-----------
-----------
DSL3 Slave(HTU-ROFF PAM32 89
management
en in the runn
itten in the st
e following pic
-----------
-----------
DSL4 -C) Master( PAM32 89 B WAN Int
-----------
ment (CM) guration E E E E SL 1 SL 2 SL 3 SL 4
e
ment (CM)
management (Fen in the runnitten in the sta
he following p
-----------
-----------
DSL4 R) Slave(H OFF PAM32 89
(FMM)
ning config.)
artup config.)
cture:
-----------
-----------
(HTU-C)
-----------
FMM) ning config.) artup config.)
picture:
-----------
-----------
HTU-R)
Page 145
)
---
---
---
---
---
5 of 152
P4/P2
Annex Payloa Clock GS com--------CP_CM>
The idea isenabled onsubnet ma
13.1.3 C
The Noise G.991.2. Pe
Type follo
2 <> <STATUS>
CP_01_FM--------Status --------I/F modeSYNC SEGD Power baFar end Loop attNMR Bitrate SRU # Active s--------Temperat-------- CP_01_FM
User Gu
: d : source :
mpatible : ----------
s the followingn the modem,sk and defaul
ATDOCO
2
<
<
Checking o
Margin (NM) erform the ne
owing comma
> <>
MM>STATUS ---------- ---------- ckoff power backenuation ync. sourc----------ure ----------
MM>
ATTHAFVA
ide
B WAN Int OFF ----------
g: the default , then the trant gateway) an
TTENTION ON’T FORGEONFIGURAT2 <>
<APPLY ALL
<CONFIRM>
of Correct
provides quaext commands
ands
---------- : ---------- : : : :
koff : : : : :
ce : In---------- : ----------
TTENTION HE RECOMMFTER INSTAALUE SHOU
B WAN Int
-----------
settings help nsmit data is cnd finally, thes
ET TO WRITTION WITH T
Go
L> <> Ap
> <> Co
t Working
litative perfors to check the
Desc
Go t
Disp
----------- DSL1
----------- CP 1 1 0.0 0.0 14.0 7.0 5704 0
nternal I----------- 39.750 C
-----------
MENDED NMALLATION AULD BE CHEC
B W I
-----------
any device toconfigured, thse settings are
TE THE CONFTHE FOLLOWo to Fault and
pply all config
onfirm all con
rmance informe status of the
cription
to Fault and m
plays the actua
----------- DSL2 ----------- CP 1 1 0.0 0.0 14.0 7.0 5704 0 Internal -----------
-----------
M VALUE FOAND ANY CH
CKED.
B WAN Int
-----------
o be in an initihen the netwoe applied and
FIGURATIONWING COMMmaintenance
gurations (writ
figurations (w
mation of a spe unit.
maintenance m
al system stat
----------- DSL3 ----------- CP 1 1 0.0 0.0 14.0 8.0 5704 0 Internal -----------
-----------
OR A STABLEHANGE OF TH
B WAN Int
-----------
al state, then ork settings arthen are writ
N IN THE STMANDS: management
tten in the run
written in the s
pecific SHDSL l
management (
tus
----------- DSL4----------- CP 1 1 0.0 0.0 14.0 7.0 5704 0 Internal-----------
-----------
E SHDSL COHE CONFIGU
-----------
the MASTER/re configured tten in the EEP
TARTUP
(FMM)
nning config.)
startup config.
ink according
(FMM)
---------
---------
dbm dbm dB dB kbit/s
---------
---------
NNECTION URATION TH
Page 146
---
/SLAVE mode (IP address, dPROM.
.)
g the ITU‐T Re
IS > 6DB. HIS
6 of 152
is default
c.
P4/P2
13.1.4 P
In the caseSupport
Gen
‘Ma
Det
User Gu
P4/P2 Prob
e of a technica
neral Applicat
ain Menu’ Pict
ailed configur
ide
blem Solvi
al difficulty or
ion Descriptio
ture of every d
ration of every
ing with D
a problem, pl
on
device using t
y device (Plea
DCI Techni
lease complet
the remote m
ase perform w
ical Suppo
te the followin
anagement
with the <DUM
ort
ng details and
MP> command
d submit them
d
Page 147
m to DCI Techn
7 of 152
nical
P4/P2
13.2 Co
13.2.1 E
Type – RJ‐4
Type –SFP
13.2.2 P
P4 ‐ ‘Amph
Pi Pi
P2 – ‘Phoe
Pi Pi Pi
User Gu
onnector
Ethernet C
45 (female), 8
Tyco 1658391
Power Con
henol’ 3 pin pa
in‐A positivin‐B negati
nix’ 3 way, 5.0
in‐1 negatiin‐2 groundin‐3 positiv
ide
r Descrip
onnector
8 pins.
1‐1 (future P4
nnectors -
anel mount so
ve ive
08mm pitch, s
ive d ve
ption
– P4/P2
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 option)
Pin No.
1,17,20
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9,10,11,1
12
13
15
16
18
19
P4/P2
ocket connect
socket (mini C
Description
Tx+ (transmi
Tx‐ (transmit
Rx+ (receive
NC (not used
NC (not used
Rx‐ (receive
NC (not used
NC (not used
Signal
TGND
TxFault
TxDisabl
MOD‐DE
MOD‐DE
MOD‐DE
RateSele
LOS
5 RGND
RD‐
RD+
RX_VCC
TX_VCC
TD+
TD‐
tor [62GB 12E
Combicom ter
it data)
t data)
data)
d)
d)
data)
d)
d)
e
EF(2)
EF(1)
EF(0)
ect
08‐233SN]
rminal block s
Description
transmit gro
Transmit fau
transmit disa
SDA line (I2C
SCL line (I2C)
Module abse
rate select
Loss of signa
receive grou
receive data
receive data
receive VCC
transmit VCC
transmit data
transmit data
eries)
und
ult indication
able
C)
)
ent
l indication
nd
‐
+
C
a +
a ‐
Page 148
8 of 152
P4/P2
13.2.3 T
P4 ‐ Mil sp
Po Po Po Po Po Po Po Po P2 ‐ ‘Phoen
Pi Pi Pi Pi
14 Tech
14.1 Int
14.1.1 Tr
14.1.2 E
14.1.3 N
User Gu
Transmiss
ec spring‐load
ost‐1 Ch1 SHost‐2 Ch1 SHost‐3 Ch2 SHost‐4 Ch2 SHost‐5 Ch3 SHost‐6 Ch3 SHost‐7 Ch4 SHost‐8 Ch4 SH
nix’ 4 way, 3.5
in‐1 Ch1 SHin‐2 Ch1 SHin‐3 Ch2 SHin‐4 Ch1 SH
hnical Spe
terfaces
ransmission
SpecificationLine Code Impedance
Transmit Po
Number of PBit Rate Connector TOvervoltageWetting CurRemote PowRemote Pow
1 Line Inter
SpecificationNumber of ILine Code Impedance
Jitter Bit Rate Connector T
ESD Protect
Nx64 and RS
Specification
ide
ion (SHDS
ded binding p
HDSL‐A HDSL‐B HDSL‐A HDSL‐B HDSL‐A HDSL‐B HDSL‐A HDSL‐B
5mm pitch, so
HDSL‐A HDSL‐B HDSL‐A HDSL‐B
ecification
n (SHDSL) L
n
ower
Pairs
Type e Protection rrentwer wer
rface (not im
n Interfaces
Type
ion
S‐232/RS‐48
n
SL) Conne
osts (MIL-P-5
ocket (mini Co
n
Line Interfac
mplemented
85 Interface
ectors - P4
55149/10 typ
ombicom term
ce
ITU‐T G.991.2TC‐PAM16/32
135
13.5 (Annex A1,2 or 4192 to 5704kRJ‐45, 8 pinITU‐T Rec. K.22‐4mA @ 47V60/90mA @ 160/90/125mA
in P4/P2)
ETS 300 166, 2 or 4HDB3
either 120 oITU‐T Rec. G.82048kbit/s ±
either DB15 m8kV (Air disch
e (not implem
ITU‐T Rec V.3
4/P2
e)
minal block ser
2‐G.shdsl, ITU2, Extended: T
A) or 14.5 (An
kbit/s, Extende
20/K.21VDC120VDCA @ 200VDC
ITU‐T Rec. G.
or 75823, ETSI TS 1 50 ppm
male (120) oharge)
mented in P4
35/V.36/X.21/
ries)
‐T G.991.2‐G.TC‐PAM4/8/6
nex B) dBm @
ed: 128 to 152
703, G.704
101 135
or two BNC 75
4/P2)
/V.28 or RS‐23
shdsl.bis 4/128
@ 135
232kbit/s
5
32/485
Page 149
9 of 152
P4/P2
14.1.4 G
14.1.5 M
SpeDaPro
SigCo
14.1.6 A
SpeMaMaCo
14.1.7 M
SpeDaPro
Co
User Gu
Number of IBit Rate
Format RS‐2
Connector TAdapter Cab
ESD Protect
G.703/E0 Int
SpecificationNumber of IImpedance
Jitter Bit Rate Range Connector TESD ProtectIsolation
Monitor or L
ecification ta Rate otocol
gnal Level nnector Type
Alarm at Loc
ecification aximum Switcaximum Currennector Type
Monitor or L
ecification ta Rate otocol
nnector Type
ide
Interfaces
232/485
Type ble Connector
ion
terface (no
n Interfaces
Type ion
Local Craft T
cal Craft Ter
ching Voltage ent
Local Craft T
r Type
t implement
Terminal (R
EIA‐96008 bitno liV.28DB9
rminal (RS‐
Load60V150mDB9
Terminal (U
USB12MMas(CDCsoftwUSB
11..128 x 64 kb1..3 x 64 kbps75, 1200..230Bits: 5…8Stop bits: 1/1Parity: odd/eDB26 high deV.35 ISO2593V.36 ISO4902X.21 ISO4903X.28 ISO2110RS‐232 EIA/T8kV (Air disch
ted in P4/P2)
ITU‐T Rec G.71
120 ITU‐T Rec. G.864 kbit/s s ± 500 mDB26 high de8kV (Air disch1500 Vrms
RS‐232) Inte
232 / V.280 baud, asynct, no parity, 1 inefeed with c89 female conne
232) Interfa
d DriverDCmA9 female conne
USB) Interfa
V2.0 full and Mbit/sster/Slave, UseC) drivers to tware to talk o Type B femal
bps (synchrons (synchronou0400 bps (asy
1.5/2 even/odd/marensity female3 (34 Pin MRA2 (37 Pin Dsub3 (15 Pin Dsub0 (25 Pin DsubIA‐574 or ISOharge)
703 codirectio
823500 ppm
ensity femaleharge)
erface (not im
chronousstop bit , flowcarriage retur
ector
ace (not imp
ector
ace (not imp
low speed
es the USB coake advantagover the USBle connector
nous) for V.35/us) for V.28 nchronous) fo
rk/space
AC)b) b) b) 2110 (9 Pin or
onal interface
mplemented
wcontrol nonern
plemented in
lemented in
ommunicatione of the insta
/V.36/X.21
or RS‐232/485
r 25 Pin Dsub)
d in P4/P2)
e,
n P4/P2)
P4)
n device class lled PC RS‐232
Page 150
5
)
2
0 of 152
P4/P2
14.1.8 Et
StaDaProSigMDAuCo
14.1.9 10
StaDaProCoRe
14.2 Po
SpeP4 P2 P4 CoBat C M M
14.3 En
14.3.1 C
Sto
Tra
Op
14.3.2 EM
ENENENENENENEN
User Gu
thernet
andard: ta Rate otocols gnal Level DI / MDI‐X autto Negotiationnector Type
00Base‐FX
andard: ta Rate otocols nnector Type commended
LS38‐A3S
XGSF‐03‐
ower Supp
ecification Voltage RangVoltage Power Consunsumption @tteries (dual L
Charging time
Min (safety shMax (fully char
nvironmen
limatic Con
orage:
ansportation:
peration:
MC and Saf
N 300386 V1.4N 50121‐4:200N 60950‐1:200 55022:2006,
N 55024/A2:20 61000‐4‐2/A 61000‐4‐3:20
ide
to crossover n
Ethernet (V
155Mbps SFP
S‐TC‐N
‐1503‐80
ply
ge
umption @ 22@ 22VDC Lithium, 4 x cy
es (from min t
utdown) voltarged) voltage
nt
nditions
fety Standa
4.1:2008 06 06 Class B 003 A2:2001 006
IEEE10/1DataEtheSuppSuppRJ45
V84S)
IEEE100BDataSFP
Transceiver (
VDC P2 Powe
ylinder module
o max)
age
ETS
ETS
ETS
ards
E‐802.3, VLAN 100BaseT, Fula, Telnet, SNMernetportedported5, 8 pin
E‐802.3, VLAN Base‐TX, Full/a, Telnet, SNM
(Fast Ethernet
ETSI E12‐4818‐48
er 7.5W4.0W
es) (7.4V 7.4H19.2H 6.8148.357
300 019‐1‐1 C
300 019‐1‐2 C
300 019‐1‐3 C
IEEE‐802.1Q,l/Half DuplexMP, WEB
IEEE‐802.1Q,/Half DuplexMP, WEB
t, OC‐3, STM‐1
ETS 300 132‐28 VDC 8 VDC
W maxW max V 8Ah Leach) ‐
Hrs with no loHrs with full lo
4V 7V
Class 1.2
Class 2.3
Class 3.2
, QoS IEEE‐802
, QoS IEEE‐802
1):
2
‐ Total 16Ah c
ad oad
(‐25C … (‐40C … (‐20C …
2.1P
2.1P
capacity
+55C) +70C) +80C)
Page 151
1 of 152
P4/P2
ENENENEN
14.4 Ph
P4 P2
User Gu
61000‐4‐4:20 61000‐4‐5:20 61000‐4‐6:20 61000‐4‐6/A
hysical Dim
Dimension / WDimension / W
ide
004 006 007 A1:2001
mensions
Weight: Weight:
and Weig
L:36L:14
e
ght
60 x W:290 x H43 x W:87 x H
end of the d
H:165 mm / 5k:37 mm / 60
ocument
kg fully kitted00gm
Page 152
2 of 152
![ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - TECNOSeguro · SOYAL ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM ® AR-821EF / AR-821EV V100126 DO MT or P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2 P3 P4 P1 P2 P3 P4 1 2 A. B. Contents AR-821EF [Fingerprint]](https://img.dokumen.tips/doc/110x75/5ec109a28b6964497d2229e9/access-control-system-tecnoseguro-soyal-access-control-system-ar-821ef-ar-821ev.jpg)
![(1.4) [px,p2,p2,p4,p5]= [\f+gt + htYJ2 n IЯi + btf^dt](https://img.dokumen.tips/doc/110x75/587dec4c1a28abf8128c1726/14-pxp2p2p4p5-fgt-htyj2-n-ii-btfdt.jpg)
